SemaDecl.cpp revision 706df2fb3f00450cea6809c363eee35bfb3e1025
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "clang/AST/APValue.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 23#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 24#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 27#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 28#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 29#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 30#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 31#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 32#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 33#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 34#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 36// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 37#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 38#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 39#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 40#include <algorithm> 41#include <cstring> 42#include <functional> 43using namespace clang; 44using namespace sema; 45 46Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr) { 47 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 48} 49 50/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 51/// return the declaration of that type. 52/// 53/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 54/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 55/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 56/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 57/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 58/// 59/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 60/// and then return NULL. 61ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 62 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 63 bool isClassName, 64 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr) { 65 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 66 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 67 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 68 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 69 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 70 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 71 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 72 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 73 74 if (!LookupCtx) { 75 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 76 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 77 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 78 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 79 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 80 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 81 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 82 // 83 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 84 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 85 if (!isClassName) 86 return ParsedType(); 87 88 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 89 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 90 QualType T = 91 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SS->getScopeRep(), II, 92 SourceLocation(), SS->getRange(), NameLoc); 93 return ParsedType::make(T); 94 } 95 96 return ParsedType(); 97 } 98 99 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 100 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 101 return ParsedType(); 102 } 103 104 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 105 // lookup for class-names. 106 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 107 LookupOrdinaryName; 108 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 109 if (LookupCtx) { 110 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 111 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 112 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 113 // nested-name-specifier. 114 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 115 116 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 117 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 118 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 119 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 120 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 121 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 122 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 123 LookupName(Result, S); 124 } 125 } else { 126 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 127 LookupName(Result, S); 128 } 129 130 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 131 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 132 case LookupResult::NotFound: 133 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 134 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 135 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 136 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 137 return ParsedType(); 138 139 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 140 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 141 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 142 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 143 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 144 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 145 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 146 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 147 return ParsedType(); 148 } 149 150 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 151 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 152 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 153 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 154 if (!IIDecl || 155 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 156 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 157 IIDecl = *Res; 158 } 159 } 160 161 if (!IIDecl) { 162 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 163 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 164 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 165 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 166 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 167 // a type name. 168 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 169 return ParsedType(); 170 } 171 172 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 173 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 174 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 175 // perform the name lookup again. 176 break; 177 178 case LookupResult::Found: 179 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 180 break; 181 } 182 183 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 184 185 QualType T; 186 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 187 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 188 189 if (T.isNull()) 190 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 191 192 if (SS) 193 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 194 195 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 196 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 197 } else { 198 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 199 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 200 return ParsedType(); 201 } 202 203 return ParsedType::make(T); 204} 205 206/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 207/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 208/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 209/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 210/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 211DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 212 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 213 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 214 LookupName(R, S, false); 215 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 216 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 217 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 218 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 219 default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 220 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 221 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 222 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 223 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 224 } 225 } 226 227 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 228} 229 230bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 231 SourceLocation IILoc, 232 Scope *S, 233 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 234 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 235 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 236 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 237 238 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 239 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 240 LookupResult Lookup(*this, &II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 241 NotForRedeclaration); 242 243 if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Lookup, S, SS, 0, 0, CTC_Type)) { 244 if (NamedDecl *Result = Lookup.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>()) { 245 if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) && 246 !Result->isInvalidDecl()) { 247 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 248 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 249 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 250 << &II << Lookup.getLookupName() 251 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 252 Result->getNameAsString()); 253 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 254 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 255 << &II << DC << Lookup.getLookupName() << SS->getRange() 256 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 257 Result->getNameAsString()); 258 else 259 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 260 261 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 262 << Result->getDeclName(); 263 264 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS); 265 return true; 266 } 267 } else if (Lookup.empty()) { 268 // We corrected to a keyword. 269 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 270 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 271 << &II << Corrected; 272 return true; 273 } 274 } 275 276 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 277 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 278 UnqualifiedId Name; 279 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 280 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 281 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 282 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 283 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 284 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 285 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 286 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 287 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 288 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 289 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 290 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 291 } 292 return true; 293 } 294 } 295 296 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 297 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 298 299 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 300 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 301 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 302 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 303 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 304 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 305 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_typename_missing) 306 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 307 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 308 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 309 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc).get(); 310 } else { 311 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 312 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 313 } 314 315 return true; 316} 317 318// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 319// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 320// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 321DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 322 323 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 324 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 325 // the context we'll need to return to. 326 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 327 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 328 329 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 330 // lexical context. 331 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 332 return DC; 333 334 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 335 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 336 // class is the context we need to return to. 337 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 338 DC = RD; 339 340 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 341 // declared in. 342 return DC; 343 } 344 345 // ObjCMethodDecls are parsed (for some reason) outside the context 346 // of the class. 347 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) 348 return DC->getLexicalParent()->getLexicalParent(); 349 350 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 351} 352 353void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 354 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 355 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 356 CurContext = DC; 357 S->setEntity(DC); 358} 359 360void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 361 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 362 363 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 364 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 365} 366 367/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 368/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 369/// 370void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 371 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 372 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 373 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 374 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 375 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 376 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 377 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 378 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 379 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 380 // namespace. 381 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 382 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 383 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 384 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 385 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 386 387 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 388 389#ifndef NDEBUG 390 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 391 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 392 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 393#endif 394 395 CurContext = DC; 396 S->setEntity(DC); 397} 398 399void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 400 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 401 402 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 403 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 404 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 405 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 406 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 407 408 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 409 // disappear. 410} 411 412/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 413/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 414/// 415/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 416/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 417/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 418/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 419/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 420/// attribute. 421static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 422 ASTContext &Context) { 423 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 424 return true; 425 426 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 427 return true; 428 429 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 430 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 431} 432 433/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 434void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 435 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 436 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 437 // scope. 438 while (S->getEntity() && 439 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 440 S = S->getParent(); 441 442 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 443 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 444 // into any context. 445 if (AddToContext) 446 CurContext->addDecl(D); 447 448 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 449 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 450 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 451 D->isOutOfLine()) 452 return; 453 454 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 455 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 456 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 457 return; 458 459 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 460 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 461 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 462 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 463 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 464 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 465 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 466 467 // Should only need to replace one decl. 468 break; 469 } 470 } 471 472 S->AddDecl(D); 473 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 474} 475 476bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S) { 477 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S); 478} 479 480Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 481 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 482 do { 483 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 484 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 485 return S; 486 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 487 488 return 0; 489} 490 491static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 492 DeclContext*, 493 ASTContext&); 494 495/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 496/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 497static void FilterLookupForScope(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R, 498 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 499 bool ConsiderLinkage) { 500 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 501 while (F.hasNext()) { 502 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 503 504 if (SemaRef.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S)) 505 continue; 506 507 if (ConsiderLinkage && 508 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, SemaRef.Context)) 509 continue; 510 511 F.erase(); 512 } 513 514 F.done(); 515} 516 517static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 518 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 519 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 520 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 521} 522 523/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 524static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 525 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 526 while (F.hasNext()) 527 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 528 F.erase(); 529 530 F.done(); 531} 532 533/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 534/// @code 535/// class S { 536/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 537/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 538/// }; 539/// @endcode 540static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 541 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 542 // the decl here. 543 if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 544 return false; 545 546 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 547 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 548 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 549 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 550 return false; 551} 552 553bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 554 assert(D); 555 556 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 557 return false; 558 559 // Ignore class templates. 560 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 561 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 562 return false; 563 564 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 565 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 566 return false; 567 568 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 569 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 570 return false; 571 } else { 572 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 573 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 574 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 575 return false; 576 } 577 578 if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 579 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 580 return false; 581 582 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 583 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 584 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 585 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 586 return false; 587 588 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 589 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 590 return false; 591 592 } else { 593 return false; 594 } 595 596 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 597 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 598 return false; 599 600 return true; 601} 602 603void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 604 if (!D) 605 return; 606 607 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 608 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 609 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 610 return; // First should already be in the vector. 611 } 612 613 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 614 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 615 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 616 return; // First should already be in the vector. 617 } 618 619 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 620 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 621 } 622 623static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 624 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 625 return false; 626 627 if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 628 return false; 629 630 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 631 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 632 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 633 return false; 634 635 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 636 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 637 638 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 639 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 640 641 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 642 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 643 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 644 return false; 645 } 646 647 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 648 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 649 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 650 return false; 651 652 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 653 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 654 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 655 return false; 656 657 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 658 // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor 659 // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer 660 // has no side effects. 661 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 662 return false; 663 } 664 } 665 666 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 667 } 668 669 return true; 670} 671 672void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 673 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 674 return; 675 676 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 677 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_exception_param) 678 << D->getDeclName(); 679 else 680 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_variable) 681 << D->getDeclName(); 682} 683 684void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 685 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 686 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 687 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 688 689 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 690 I != E; ++I) { 691 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 692 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 693 694 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 695 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 696 697 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 698 699 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 700 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 701 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 702 703 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 704 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 705 } 706} 707 708/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 709/// 710/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 711/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 712/// to the fixed name. 713/// 714/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 715/// 716/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 717/// if there is no class with the given name. 718/// 719/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 720/// class could not be found. 721ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 722 SourceLocation IdLoc, 723 bool TypoCorrection) { 724 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 725 // creation from this context. 726 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 727 728 if (!IDecl && TypoCorrection) { 729 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 730 // find an Objective-C class name. 731 LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 732 if (CorrectTypo(R, TUScope, 0, 0, false, CTC_NoKeywords) && 733 (IDecl = R.getAsSingle<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) { 734 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 735 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 736 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 737 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 738 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 739 740 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 741 } 742 } 743 744 return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 745} 746 747/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 748/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 749/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 750/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 751/// ill-formed in C++: 752/// @code 753/// struct S6 { 754/// enum { BAR } e; 755/// }; 756/// 757/// void test_S6() { 758/// struct S6 a; 759/// a.e = BAR; 760/// } 761/// @endcode 762/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 763/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 764/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 765/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 766/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 767/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 768/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 769/// contain non-field names. 770Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 771 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 772 (S->getEntity() && 773 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 774 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) 775 S = S->getParent(); 776 return S; 777} 778 779/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 780/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 781/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 782/// built-in. 783NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 784 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 785 SourceLocation Loc) { 786 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 787 788 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 789 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 790 switch (Error) { 791 case ASTContext::GE_None: 792 // Okay 793 break; 794 795 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 796 if (ForRedeclaration) 797 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 798 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 799 return 0; 800 801 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 802 if (ForRedeclaration) 803 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 804 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 805 return 0; 806 } 807 808 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 809 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 810 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 811 << R; 812 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 813 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 814 != Diagnostic::Ignored) 815 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 816 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 817 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 818 } 819 820 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 821 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 822 Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 823 SC_Extern, 824 SC_None, false, 825 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 826 New->setImplicit(); 827 828 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 829 // FunctionDecl. 830 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 831 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 832 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 833 Params.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 0, 834 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 835 SC_None, SC_None, 0)); 836 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 837 } 838 839 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 840 841 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 842 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 843 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 844 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 845 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 846 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 847 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 848 CurContext = SavedContext; 849 return New; 850} 851 852/// MergeTypeDefDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 853/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 854/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 855/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 856/// 857void Sema::MergeTypeDefDecl(TypedefDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 858 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 859 // merging checks. 860 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 861 862 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 863 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 864 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 865 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 866 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 867 default: break; 868 case 2: 869 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 870 break; 871 Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 872 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 873 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 874 return; 875 case 5: 876 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 877 break; 878 Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 879 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 880 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 881 return; 882 case 3: 883 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 884 break; 885 Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 886 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 887 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 888 return; 889 case 8: 890 if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol")) 891 break; 892 Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 893 return; 894 } 895 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 896 } 897 898 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 899 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 900 if (!Old) { 901 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 902 << New->getDeclName(); 903 904 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 905 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 906 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 907 908 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 909 } 910 911 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 912 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 913 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 914 915 // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics. 916 QualType OldType; 917 if (TypedefDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Old)) 918 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 919 else 920 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 921 922 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 923 // with any extensions enabled. 924 925 if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() && 926 Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) != 927 Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { 928 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 929 << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; 930 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 931 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 932 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 933 } 934 935 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 936 // declaration was a typedef. 937 // FIXME: this is a potential source of wierdness if the type 938 // spellings don't match exactly. 939 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(Old)) 940 New->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<TypedefDecl>(Old)); 941 942 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 943 return; 944 945 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 946 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 947 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 948 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 949 // to the type to which it already refers. 950 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 951 return; 952 953 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 954 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 955 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 956 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 957 // 958 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 959 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 960 // 961 // struct S { 962 // typedef struct A { } A; 963 // }; 964 // 965 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 966 // allow the above but disallow 967 // 968 // struct S { 969 // typedef int I; 970 // typedef int I; 971 // }; 972 // 973 // since that was the intent of DR56. 974 if (!isa<TypedefDecl >(Old)) 975 return; 976 977 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 978 << New->getDeclName(); 979 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 980 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 981 } 982 983 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 984 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 985 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 986 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 987 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 988 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 989 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 990 return; 991 992 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 993 << New->getDeclName(); 994 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 995 return; 996} 997 998/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 999/// attribute. 1000static bool 1001DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1002 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1003 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1004 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1005 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1006 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1007 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1008 return true; 1009 } 1010 1011 return false; 1012} 1013 1014/// MergeDeclAttributes - append attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1015static void MergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, ASTContext &C) { 1016 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 1017 return; 1018 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1019 // we process them. 1020 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 1021 New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1022 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = Old->attr_begin(), e = Old->attr_end(); i != e; 1023 ++i) { 1024 // FIXME: Make this more general than just checking for Overloadable. 1025 if (!DeclHasAttr(New, *i) && (*i)->getKind() != attr::Overloadable) { 1026 Attr *NewAttr = (*i)->clone(C); 1027 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1028 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 1029 } 1030 } 1031} 1032 1033namespace { 1034 1035/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1036/// C. 1037struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1038 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1039 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1040 QualType PromotedType; 1041}; 1042 1043} 1044 1045/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1046Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1047 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1048 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1049 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1050 1051 return Sema::CXXConstructor; 1052 } 1053 1054 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) 1055 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1056 1057 assert(MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator() && 1058 "Must have copy assignment operator"); 1059 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1060} 1061 1062/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1063/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1064/// GNU89 mode. 1065static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1066 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1067 return (LangOpts.GNUMode && !LangOpts.C99 && !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1068 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1069 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1070} 1071 1072/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1073/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1074/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1075/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1076/// 1077/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1078/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1079/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1080/// merged with. 1081/// 1082/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1083bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { 1084 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1085 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1086 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1087 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1088 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1089 else 1090 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1091 if (!Old) { 1092 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1093 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1094 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1095 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1096 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1097 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1098 return true; 1099 } 1100 1101 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1102 << New->getDeclName(); 1103 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1104 return true; 1105 } 1106 1107 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1108 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1109 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1110 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1111 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1112 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1113 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1114 else 1115 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1116 1117 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1118 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1119 1120 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1121 // is an extern inline function. 1122 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1123 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1124 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1125 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) { 1126 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 1127 << New; 1128 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1129 return true; 1130 } 1131 1132 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1133 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1134 // calling convention of the first. 1135 // 1136 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1137 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1138 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1139 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1140 // because it is the default calling convention. 1141 // 1142 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1143 // other tests to run. 1144 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 1145 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1146 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1147 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1148 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 1149 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1150 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1151 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1152 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1153 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1154 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1155 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1156 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1157 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1158 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1159 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1160 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1161 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1162 return true; 1163 } 1164 1165 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1166 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1167 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 1168 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1169 } 1170 1171 // Merge regparm attribute. 1172 if (OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1173 if (NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1174 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1175 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1176 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1177 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1178 return true; 1179 } 1180 1181 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 1182 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1183 } 1184 1185 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 1186 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 1187 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 1188 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1189 } 1190 1191 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1192 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1193 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1194 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1195 // cannot be overloaded. 1196 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 1197 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 1198 QualType ResQT; 1199 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1200 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1201 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1202 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1203 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1204 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1205 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1206 return true; 1207 } 1208 else 1209 NewQType = ResQT; 1210 } 1211 1212 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1213 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1214 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1215 // Preserve triviality. 1216 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1217 1218 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1219 1220 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 1221 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1222 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1223 // is a static member function declaration. 1224 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1225 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1226 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1227 return true; 1228 } 1229 1230 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1231 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1232 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1233 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1234 unsigned NewDiag; 1235 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1236 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1237 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1238 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1239 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1240 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1241 else 1242 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1243 1244 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1245 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1246 1247 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1248 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1249 // 1250 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1251 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1252 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1253 if (isFriend) { 1254 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1255 } else { 1256 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1257 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1258 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1259 return true; 1260 } 1261 } 1262 } 1263 1264 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1265 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1266 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1267 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 1268 1269 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 1270 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 1271 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1272 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 1273 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 1274 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 1275 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 1276 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 1277 } 1278 1279 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 1280 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1281 1282 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1283 } 1284 1285 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1286 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1287 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1288 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1289 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1290 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1291 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1292 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1293 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1294 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1295 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1296 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1297 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1298 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1299 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1300 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1301 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 1302 New->setType(NewQType); 1303 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 1304 1305 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 1306 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1307 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 1308 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1309 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 1310 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 1311 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 1312 SourceLocation(), 0, 1313 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 1314 SC_None, SC_None, 1315 0); 1316 Param->setImplicit(); 1317 Params.push_back(Param); 1318 } 1319 1320 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1321 } 1322 1323 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1324 } 1325 1326 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 1327 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 1328 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 1329 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 1330 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 1331 // the prototype. 1332 // 1333 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 1334 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 1335 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 1336 // C99 6.9.1p8. 1337 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1338 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 1339 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 1340 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 1341 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 1342 llvm::SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 1343 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 1344 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1345 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 1346 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1347 1348 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 1349 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 1350 NewProto->getResultType()); 1351 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 1352 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 1353 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 1354 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 1355 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 1356 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1357 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 1358 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1359 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1360 NewParm->getType(), 1361 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 1362 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 1363 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 1364 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 1365 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1366 } else 1367 LooseCompatible = false; 1368 } 1369 1370 if (LooseCompatible) { 1371 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 1372 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 1373 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 1374 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 1375 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 1376 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 1377 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 1378 diag::note_previous_declaration); 1379 } 1380 1381 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 1382 ArgTypes.size(), 1383 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 1384 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1385 } 1386 1387 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 1388 } 1389 1390 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 1391 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 1392 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 1393 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 1394 // signature. 1395 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 1396 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 1397 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 1398 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 1399 // library built-in. 1400 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 1401 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 1402 << Old << Old->getType(); 1403 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 1404 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 1405 return false; 1406 } 1407 1408 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 1409 } 1410 1411 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 1412 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1413 return true; 1414} 1415 1416/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 1417/// known to be compatible. 1418/// 1419/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 1420/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 1421/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 1422/// redeclaration of Old. 1423/// 1424/// \returns false 1425bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { 1426 // Merge the attributes 1427 MergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1428 1429 // Merge the storage class. 1430 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 1431 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 1432 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1433 1434 // Merge "pure" flag. 1435 if (Old->isPure()) 1436 New->setPure(); 1437 1438 // Merge the "deleted" flag. 1439 if (Old->isDeleted()) 1440 New->setDeleted(); 1441 1442 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1443 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); 1444 1445 return false; 1446} 1447 1448/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 1449/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 1450/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1451/// 1452/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 1453/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 1454/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 1455/// 1456void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 1457 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 1458 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 1459 return; 1460 1461 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 1462 VarDecl *Old = 0; 1463 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 1464 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 1465 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1466 << New->getDeclName(); 1467 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 1468 diag::note_previous_definition); 1469 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1470 } 1471 1472 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1473 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 1474 // 1475 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 1476 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 1477 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 1478 << New->getIdentifier(); 1479 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1480 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1481 } 1482 1483 MergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1484 1485 // Merge the types 1486 QualType MergedT; 1487 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1488 if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) 1489 MergedT = New->getType(); 1490 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 1491 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 1492 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 1493 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 1494 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 1495 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 1496 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 1497 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1498 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1499 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1500 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1501 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1502 MergedT = New->getType(); 1503 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 1504 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 1505 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1506 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1507 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1508 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1509 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1510 MergedT = Old->getType(); 1511 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1512 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 1513 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1514 } 1515 } else { 1516 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1517 } 1518 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 1519 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 1520 << New->getDeclName(); 1521 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1522 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1523 } 1524 New->setType(MergedT); 1525 1526 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 1527 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1528 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 1529 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 1530 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1531 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1532 } 1533 // C99 6.2.2p4: 1534 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 1535 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 1536 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 1537 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 1538 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 1539 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 1540 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 1541 // identifier has external linkage. 1542 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 1543 /* Okay */; 1544 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1545 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 1546 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 1547 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1548 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1549 } 1550 1551 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 1552 1553 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 1554 // need to check for mismatches. 1555 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 1556 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 1557 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 1558 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 1559 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 1560 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1561 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1562 } 1563 1564 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 1565 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 1566 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1567 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 1568 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 1569 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1570 } 1571 1572 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 1573 const VarDecl *Def; 1574 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1575 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 1576 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 1577 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1578 << New->getDeclName(); 1579 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1580 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1581 return; 1582 } 1583 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 1584 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 1585 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 1586 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 1587 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 1588 // specified at the prior declaration. 1589 // FIXME. revisit this code. 1590 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 1591 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 1592 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 1593 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1594 1595 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 1596 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 1597 1598 // Inherit access appropriately. 1599 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 1600} 1601 1602/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 1603/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 1604Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1605 DeclSpec &DS) { 1606 // FIXME: Error on inline/virtual/explicit 1607 // FIXME: Warn on useless __thread 1608 // FIXME: Warn on useless const/volatile 1609 // FIXME: Warn on useless static/extern/typedef/private_extern/mutable 1610 // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes 1611 Decl *TagD = 0; 1612 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 1613 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 1614 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 1615 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 1616 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 1617 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 1618 1619 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 1620 return 0; 1621 1622 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 1623 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 1624 // it's a Type. 1625 Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 1626 } 1627 1628 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 1629 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 1630 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 1631 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 1632 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 1633 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 1634 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1635 } 1636 1637 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 1638 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 1639 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 1640 if (TagD && !Tag) 1641 return 0; 1642 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 1643 } 1644 1645 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1646 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, DS.getAttributes().getList()); 1647 1648 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && 1649 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 1650 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 1651 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 1652 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 1653 1654 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1655 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1656 } 1657 } 1658 1659 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 1660 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1661 CurContext->isRecord() && 1662 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 1663 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 1664 // struct STRUCT; 1665 // and 1666 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 1667 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 1668 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isDefinition()) || 1669 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 1670 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 1671 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 1672 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1673 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 1674 } 1675 } 1676 1677 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1678 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 1679 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 1680 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 1681 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 1682 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1683 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1684 1685 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk() && 1686 DS.getTypeSpecType() != DeclSpec::TST_error) { 1687 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 1688 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 1689 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 1690 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 1691 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 1692 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1693 return Tag; 1694 } 1695 1696 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1697 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1698 } 1699 1700 return TagD; 1701} 1702 1703/// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec. 1704/// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated. 1705StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) { 1706 StmtResult R; 1707 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) { 1708 Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 1709 QualType Ty = Exp->getType(); 1710 if (Ty->isPointerType()) { 1711 do 1712 Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1713 while (Ty->isPointerType()); 1714 } 1715 if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) { 1716 R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp)); 1717 } 1718 } 1719 return R; 1720} 1721 1722/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 1723/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 1724/// 1725/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 1726static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 1727 Scope *S, 1728 DeclContext *Owner, 1729 DeclarationName Name, 1730 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1731 unsigned diagnostic) { 1732 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 1733 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 1734 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 1735 1736 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1737 return false; 1738 1739 // Pick a representative declaration. 1740 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1741 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 1742 1743 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 1744 return false; 1745 1746 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 1747 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1748 1749 return true; 1750} 1751 1752/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 1753/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 1754/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 1755/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 1756/// struct, e.g., 1757/// 1758/// @code 1759/// union { 1760/// int i; 1761/// float f; 1762/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 1763/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 1764/// @endcode 1765/// 1766/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 1767/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 1768static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 1769 DeclContext *Owner, 1770 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 1771 AccessSpecifier AS, 1772 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 1773 bool MSAnonStruct) { 1774 unsigned diagKind 1775 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 1776 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 1777 1778 bool Invalid = false; 1779 1780 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 1781 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 1782 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 1783 D != DEnd; ++D) { 1784 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 1785 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 1786 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 1787 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 1788 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 1789 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1790 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 1791 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 1792 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 1793 Invalid = true; 1794 } else { 1795 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1796 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 1797 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 1798 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 1799 // anonymous union is declared. 1800 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 1801 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 1802 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 1803 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 1804 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 1805 else 1806 Chaining.push_back(VD); 1807 1808 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 1809 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 1810 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 1811 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 1812 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 1813 1814 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 1815 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 1816 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 1817 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 1818 1819 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 1820 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 1821 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 1822 1823 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 1824 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 1825 1826 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 1827 } 1828 } 1829 } 1830 1831 return Invalid; 1832} 1833 1834/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 1835/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 1836/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 1837static StorageClass 1838StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 1839 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 1840 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 1841 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 1842 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 1843 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 1844 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 1845 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 1846 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 1847 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 1848 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 1849 } 1850 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 1851} 1852 1853/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 1854/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 1855/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 1856static StorageClass 1857StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 1858 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 1859 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 1860 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 1861 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 1862 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 1863 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 1864 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 1865 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 1866 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 1867 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 1868 } 1869 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 1870} 1871 1872/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 1873/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 1874/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures 1875/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. 1876Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1877 AccessSpecifier AS, 1878 RecordDecl *Record) { 1879 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 1880 1881 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 1882 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1883 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 1884 else if (!Record->isUnion()) 1885 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); 1886 1887 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 1888 // structs/unions. 1889 bool Invalid = false; 1890 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1891 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 1892 unsigned DiagID; 1893 // C++ [class.union]p3: 1894 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 1895 // global namespace shall be declared static. 1896 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 1897 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 1898 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 1899 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 1900 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); 1901 Invalid = true; 1902 1903 // Recover by adding 'static'. 1904 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 1905 PrevSpec, DiagID); 1906 } 1907 // C++ [class.union]p3: 1908 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 1909 // anonymous union in a class scope. 1910 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 1911 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 1912 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 1913 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); 1914 Invalid = true; 1915 1916 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 1917 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), 1918 PrevSpec, DiagID); 1919 } 1920 1921 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1922 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 1923 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 1924 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 1925 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 1926 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 1927 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 1928 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 1929 // C++ [class.union]p3: 1930 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 1931 // members (clause 11). 1932 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 1933 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 1934 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 1935 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 1936 Invalid = true; 1937 } 1938 1939 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 1940 Invalid = true; 1941 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 1942 // Any implicit members are fine. 1943 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 1944 // This is a type that showed up in an 1945 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 1946 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 1947 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 1948 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 1949 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 1950 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 1951 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 1952 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 1953 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 1954 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1955 else { 1956 // This is a nested type declaration. 1957 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 1958 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1959 Invalid = true; 1960 } 1961 } 1962 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 1963 // Any access specifier is fine. 1964 } else { 1965 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 1966 // member. Complain about it. 1967 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 1968 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 1969 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 1970 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 1971 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 1972 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 1973 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 1974 1975 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 1976 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 1977 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 1978 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 1979 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1980 else { 1981 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 1982 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1983 Invalid = true; 1984 } 1985 } 1986 } 1987 } 1988 1989 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 1990 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 1991 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 1992 Invalid = true; 1993 } 1994 1995 // Mock up a declarator. 1996 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 1997 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 1998 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 1999 2000 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 2001 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 2002 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2003 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, Record->getLocation(), 2004 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2005 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2006 TInfo, 2007 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2008 Anon->setAccess(AS); 2009 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2010 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 2011 } else { 2012 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 2013 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2014 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2015 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2016 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2017 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2018 // an error here 2019 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2020 Invalid = true; 2021 SC = SC_None; 2022 } 2023 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2024 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2025 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2026 2027 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, Record->getLocation(), 2028 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2029 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2030 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2031 } 2032 Anon->setImplicit(); 2033 2034 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 2035 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 2036 // its members. 2037 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 2038 2039 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 2040 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2041 // purposes. 2042 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2043 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2044 2045 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 2046 Chain, false)) 2047 Invalid = true; 2048 2049 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 2050 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 2051 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 2052 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 2053 // builds its lookup table, and once by 2054 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 2055 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 2056 2057 if (Invalid) 2058 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2059 2060 return Anon; 2061} 2062 2063/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 2064/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 2065/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 2066/// Example: 2067/// 2068/// struct A { int a; }; 2069/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 2070/// 2071/// void foo() { 2072/// B var; 2073/// var.a = 3; 2074/// } 2075/// 2076Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2077 RecordDecl *Record) { 2078 2079 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 2080 if (!Record) 2081 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 2082 2083 // Mock up a declarator. 2084 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2085 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2086 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 2087 2088 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 2089 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 2090 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 2091 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2092 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2093 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2094 TInfo, 2095 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2096 Anon->setImplicit(); 2097 2098 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 2099 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 2100 2101 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 2102 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2103 // purposes. 2104 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2105 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2106 2107 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 2108 Record->getDefinition(), 2109 AS_none, Chain, true)) 2110 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2111 2112 return Anon; 2113} 2114 2115/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 2116/// given Declarator. 2117DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 2118 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 2119} 2120 2121/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 2122DeclarationNameInfo 2123Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 2124 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 2125 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2126 2127 switch (Name.getKind()) { 2128 2129 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 2130 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 2131 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2132 return NameInfo; 2133 2134 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 2135 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2136 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 2137 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2138 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 2139 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 2140 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 2141 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 2142 return NameInfo; 2143 2144 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 2145 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 2146 Name.Identifier)); 2147 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2148 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 2149 return NameInfo; 2150 2151 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 2152 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2153 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 2154 if (Ty.isNull()) 2155 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2156 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 2157 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2158 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2159 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2160 return NameInfo; 2161 } 2162 2163 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 2164 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2165 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 2166 if (Ty.isNull()) 2167 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2168 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2169 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2170 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2171 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2172 return NameInfo; 2173 } 2174 2175 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 2176 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 2177 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 2178 // to find the actual type being constructed. 2179 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 2180 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 2181 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2182 2183 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 2184 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 2185 2186 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 2187 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 2188 // was qualified. 2189 2190 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2191 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 2192 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2193 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 2194 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 2195 return NameInfo; 2196 } 2197 2198 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 2199 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2200 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 2201 if (Ty.isNull()) 2202 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2203 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 2204 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2205 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2206 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2207 return NameInfo; 2208 } 2209 2210 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 2211 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 2212 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 2213 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 2214 } 2215 2216 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 2217 2218 assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); 2219 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2220} 2221 2222/// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions 2223/// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic 2224/// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line 2225/// function definition doesn't match any declaration within 2226/// the class or namespace. 2227static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, 2228 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 2229 FunctionDecl *Definition) { 2230 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 2231 return false; 2232 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 2233 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2234 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2235 2236 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType(), 2237 DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType())) 2238 return false; 2239 } 2240 2241 return true; 2242} 2243 2244/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 2245/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 2246/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 2247/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 2248/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 2249static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 2250 DeclarationName Name) { 2251 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 2252 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 2253 // - types which will become injected class names 2254 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 2255 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 2256 // few cases here. 2257 2258 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 2259 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 2260 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 2261 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 2262 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: { 2263 // Grab the type from the parser. 2264 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 2265 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 2266 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 2267 2268 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 2269 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 2270 // attached already. 2271 if (!TSI) 2272 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 2273 2274 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 2275 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 2276 if (!TSI) return true; 2277 2278 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 2279 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 2280 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 2281 break; 2282 } 2283 2284 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 2285 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2286 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 2287 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 2288 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 2289 break; 2290 } 2291 2292 default: 2293 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 2294 break; 2295 } 2296 2297 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 2298 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 2299 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 2300 2301 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 2302 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 2303 // pointer. 2304 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 2305 continue; 2306 2307 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 2308 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 2309 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 2310 return true; 2311 } 2312 2313 return false; 2314} 2315 2316Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 2317 return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), false); 2318} 2319 2320Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 2321 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2322 bool IsFunctionDefinition) { 2323 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 2324 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 2325 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2326 2327 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 2328 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 2329 if (!Name) { 2330 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 2331 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2332 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 2333 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 2334 return 0; 2335 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 2336 return 0; 2337 2338 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 2339 // we find one that is. 2340 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 2341 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 2342 S = S->getParent(); 2343 2344 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 2345 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 2346 D.setInvalidType(); 2347 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2348 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 2349 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 2350 return 0; 2351 2352 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 2353 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 2354 if (!DC) { 2355 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 2356 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 2357 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 2358 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 2359 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2360 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 2361 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 2362 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2363 return 0; 2364 } 2365 2366 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 2367 2368 if (!IsDependentContext && 2369 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 2370 return 0; 2371 2372 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 2373 if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 2374 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2375 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 2376 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2377 D.setInvalidType(); 2378 } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) && 2379 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 2380 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class 2381 // definition: 2382 // 2383 // class X { 2384 // void X::f(); 2385 // }; 2386 if (CurContext->Equals(DC)) 2387 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 2388 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange()); 2389 else 2390 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification) 2391 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2392 2393 // Pretend that this qualifier was not here. 2394 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 2395 } 2396 } 2397 2398 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 2399 // declaration in the current instantiation. 2400 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 2401 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 2402 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 2403 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 2404 D.setInvalidType(); 2405 } 2406 } 2407 2408 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 2409 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 2410 // name different from T: 2411 // - every static data member of class T; 2412 // - every member function of class T 2413 // - every member of class T that is itself a type; 2414 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 2415 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 2416 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) 2417 << Name; 2418 2419 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 2420 // Just return early; it's safer. 2421 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2422 return 0; 2423 } 2424 2425 NamedDecl *New; 2426 2427 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 2428 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 2429 2430 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 2431 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 2432 D.setInvalidType(); 2433 2434 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 2435 ForRedeclaration); 2436 2437 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 2438 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2439 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 2440 2441 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 2442 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 2443 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 2444 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2445 /* Do nothing*/; 2446 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 2447 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 2448 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 2449 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2450 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 2451 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2452 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 2453 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 2454 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2455 2456 if (IsLinkageLookup) 2457 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 2458 2459 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 2460 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 2461 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 2462 2463 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for 2464 // out-of-line members. 2465 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 2466 2467 // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: 2468 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named 2469 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit 2470 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being 2471 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears 2472 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the 2473 // declarations namespace. 2474 // 2475 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet 2476 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually 2477 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: 2478 // 2479 // class X { 2480 // void f(); 2481 // void f(float); 2482 // }; 2483 // 2484 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 2485 // 2486 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set 2487 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 2488 // matches. 2489 2490 // First check whether we named the global scope. 2491 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 2492 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 2493 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2494 } else { 2495 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 2496 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 2497 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 2498 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 2499 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. 2500 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. 2501 SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 2502 SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2503 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 2504 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; 2505 else 2506 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 2507 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; 2508 D.setInvalidType(); 2509 } 2510 } 2511 } 2512 2513 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 2514 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 2515 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 2516 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 2517 if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2518 Previous.getFoundDecl())) 2519 D.setInvalidType(); 2520 2521 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 2522 Previous.clear(); 2523 } 2524 2525 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 2526 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 2527 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 2528 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 2529 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 2530 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2531 Previous.clear(); 2532 2533 bool Redeclaration = false; 2534 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2535 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 2536 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 2537 return 0; 2538 } 2539 2540 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, Redeclaration); 2541 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 2542 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 2543 move(TemplateParamLists), 2544 IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration); 2545 } else { 2546 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 2547 move(TemplateParamLists), 2548 Redeclaration); 2549 } 2550 2551 if (New == 0) 2552 return 0; 2553 2554 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 2555 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 2556 if (New->getDeclName() && !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl())) 2557 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 2558 2559 return New; 2560} 2561 2562/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 2563/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 2564/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 2565static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 2566 ASTContext &Context, 2567 bool &SizeIsNegative, 2568 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 2569 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 2570 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 2571 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 2572 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 2573 SizeIsNegative = false; 2574 Oversized = 0; 2575 2576 if (T->isDependentType()) 2577 return QualType(); 2578 2579 QualifierCollector Qs; 2580 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 2581 2582 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 2583 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 2584 QualType FixedType = 2585 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2586 Oversized); 2587 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 2588 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 2589 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 2590 } 2591 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 2592 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 2593 QualType FixedType = 2594 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2595 Oversized); 2596 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 2597 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 2598 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 2599 } 2600 2601 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 2602 if (!VLATy) 2603 return QualType(); 2604 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 2605 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 2606 return QualType(); 2607 2608 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; 2609 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 2610 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || 2611 !EvalResult.Val.isInt()) 2612 return QualType(); 2613 2614 // Check whether the array size is negative. 2615 llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); 2616 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 2617 SizeIsNegative = true; 2618 return QualType(); 2619 } 2620 2621 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 2622 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 2623 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 2624 Res); 2625 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 2626 Oversized = Res; 2627 return QualType(); 2628 } 2629 2630 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 2631 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 2632} 2633 2634/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 2635/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 2636void 2637Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 2638 const LookupResult &Previous, 2639 Scope *S) { 2640 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 2641 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 2642 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 2643 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 2644 2645 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 2646 return; 2647 2648 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 2649 2650 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 2651 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 2652 // declaration. 2653 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 2654 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 2655 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 2656 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 2657 S = S->getParent(); 2658 2659 if (S) 2660 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 2661 } 2662} 2663 2664/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 2665/// does not identify a function. 2666void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 2667 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 2668 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 2669 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 2670 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 2671 diag::err_inline_non_function); 2672 2673 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 2674 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 2675 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 2676 2677 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 2678 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 2679 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 2680} 2681 2682NamedDecl* 2683Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 2684 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2685 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 2686 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 2687 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2688 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 2689 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2690 D.setInvalidType(); 2691 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 2692 DC = CurContext; 2693 Previous.clear(); 2694 } 2695 2696 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2697 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 2698 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 2699 } 2700 2701 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 2702 2703 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 2704 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 2705 2706 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 2707 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 2708 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 2709 return 0; 2710 } 2711 2712 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, TInfo); 2713 if (!NewTD) return 0; 2714 2715 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 2716 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 2717 2718 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 2719 // then it shall have block scope. 2720 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 2721 // that redeclarations will match. 2722 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 2723 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 2724 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 2725 2726 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 2727 bool SizeIsNegative; 2728 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 2729 QualType FixedTy = 2730 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2731 Oversized); 2732 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 2733 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 2734 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 2735 } else { 2736 if (SizeIsNegative) 2737 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 2738 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 2739 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 2740 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 2741 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_array_too_large) 2742 << Oversized.toString(10); 2743 else 2744 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 2745 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 2746 } 2747 } 2748 } 2749 2750 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 2751 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 2752 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false); 2753 if (!Previous.empty()) { 2754 Redeclaration = true; 2755 MergeTypeDefDecl(NewTD, Previous); 2756 } 2757 2758 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 2759 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 2760 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 2761 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 2762 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 2763 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 2764 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 2765 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 2766 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 2767 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 2768 else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list")) 2769 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD)); 2770 } 2771 2772 return NewTD; 2773} 2774 2775/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 2776/// previous declaration. 2777/// 2778/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 2779/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 2780/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 2781/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 2782/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 2783/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 2784/// 2785/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 2786/// lookup 2787/// 2788/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 2789/// declared. 2790/// 2791/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 2792/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 2793static bool 2794isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 2795 ASTContext &Context) { 2796 if (!PrevDecl) 2797 return false; 2798 2799 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 2800 return false; 2801 2802 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2803 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 2804 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 2805 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 2806 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 2807 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 2808 // linkage of the previous declaration. 2809 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 2810 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2811 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 2812 return false; 2813 2814 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 2815 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 2816 // We found a member function: ignore it. 2817 return false; 2818 2819 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 2820 // previous declarations. 2821 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 2822 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 2823 2824 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 2825 // isn't the same function. 2826 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 2827 return false; 2828 } 2829 2830 return true; 2831} 2832 2833static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 2834 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 2835 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 2836 DD->setQualifierInfo(static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()), 2837 SS.getRange()); 2838} 2839 2840NamedDecl* 2841Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 2842 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2843 LookupResult &Previous, 2844 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2845 bool &Redeclaration) { 2846 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 2847 2848 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 2849 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2850 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 2851 2852 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 2853 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2854 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2855 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2856 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2857 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2858 // an error here 2859 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2860 D.setInvalidType(); 2861 SC = SC_None; 2862 } 2863 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2864 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2865 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2866 2867 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 2868 if (!II) { 2869 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 2870 << Name.getAsString(); 2871 return 0; 2872 } 2873 2874 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 2875 2876 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 2877 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 2878 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 2879 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 2880 2881 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 2882 // is a GNU extension. 2883 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 2884 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 2885 else 2886 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 2887 D.setInvalidType(); 2888 } 2889 } 2890 2891 bool isExplicitSpecialization; 2892 VarDecl *NewVD; 2893 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2894 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2895 II, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2896 2897 if (D.isInvalidType()) 2898 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2899 } else { 2900 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 2901 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 2902 if (SC == SC_Static) { 2903 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2904 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 2905 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 2906 } else if (SC == SC_None) 2907 SC = SC_Static; 2908 } 2909 if (SC == SC_Static) { 2910 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 2911 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 2912 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2913 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 2914 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 2915 2916 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 2917 // the program is ill-formed. 2918 // 2919 // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 2920 if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName())) 2921 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2922 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct) 2923 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 2924 } 2925 } 2926 2927 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 2928 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 2929 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 2930 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParamLists.size(); 2931 bool Invalid = false; 2932 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 2933 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 2934 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2935 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 2936 TemplateParamLists.get(), 2937 TemplateParamLists.size(), 2938 /*never a friend*/ false, 2939 isExplicitSpecialization, 2940 Invalid)) { 2941 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 2942 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 2943 2944 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 2945 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 2946 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 2947 << II 2948 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 2949 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 2950 return 0; 2951 } else { 2952 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 2953 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 2954 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 2955 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 2956 << II 2957 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 2958 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 2959 2960 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 2961 } 2962 } 2963 2964 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2965 II, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2966 2967 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 2968 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2969 2970 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 2971 2972 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2973 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 2974 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 2975 TemplateParamLists.release()); 2976 } 2977 } 2978 2979 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 2980 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 2981 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 2982 else if (!Context.Target.isTLSSupported()) 2983 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 2984 else 2985 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 2986 } 2987 2988 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 2989 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 2990 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 2991 2992 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 2993 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 2994 2995 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 2996 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 2997 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 2998 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 2999 llvm::StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 3000 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 3001 switch (SC) { 3002 case SC_None: 3003 case SC_Auto: 3004 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 3005 break; 3006 case SC_Register: 3007 if (!Context.Target.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 3008 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 3009 break; 3010 case SC_Static: 3011 case SC_Extern: 3012 case SC_PrivateExtern: 3013 break; 3014 } 3015 } 3016 3017 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 3018 Context, Label)); 3019 } 3020 3021 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 3022 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 3023 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 3024 3025 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 3026 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 3027 // declaration has linkage). 3028 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage()); 3029 3030 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3031 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3032 else { 3033 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 3034 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3035 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3036 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 3037 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3038 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 3039 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3040 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 3041 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3042 Previous.clear(); 3043 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3044 } 3045 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3046 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 3047 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 3048 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 3049 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3050 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3051 } 3052 3053 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3054 3055 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 3056 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 3057 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 3058 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3059 } 3060 3061 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 3062 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 3063 // here. 3064 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3065 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3066 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 3067 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 3068 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 3069 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3070 } 3071 } 3072 3073 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 3074 // such variables. 3075 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 3076 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3077 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 3078 3079 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 3080 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 3081 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 3082 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 3083 3084 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 3085 3086 return NewVD; 3087} 3088 3089/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 3090/// -Wshadow. 3091/// 3092/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 3093/// scope. 3094/// 3095/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 3096/// \param R the lookup of the name 3097/// 3098void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 3099 // Return if warning is ignored. 3100 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 3101 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3102 return; 3103 3104 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. The scope might not 3105 // have a DeclContext if (e.g.) we're parsing a function prototype. 3106 DeclContext *NewDC = static_cast<DeclContext*>(S->getEntity()); 3107 if (NewDC && NewDC->isFileContext()) 3108 return; 3109 3110 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 3111 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 3112 return; 3113 3114 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 3115 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3116 return; 3117 3118 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 3119 3120 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 3121 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 3122 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 3123 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 3124 return; 3125 3126 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 3127 // static data members from base classes? 3128 3129 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 3130 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 3131 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 3132 } 3133 3134 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 3135 unsigned Kind; 3136 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 3137 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3138 Kind = 3; // field 3139 else 3140 Kind = 2; // static data member 3141 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 3142 Kind = 1; // global 3143 else 3144 Kind = 0; // local 3145 3146 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 3147 3148 // Emit warning and note. 3149 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 3150 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3151} 3152 3153/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 3154void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 3155 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 3156 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3157 return; 3158 3159 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 3160 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3161 LookupName(R, S); 3162 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 3163} 3164 3165/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 3166/// declaration. 3167/// 3168/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 3169/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 3170/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 3171/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 3172/// that have been instantiated from a template. 3173/// 3174/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 3175void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 3176 LookupResult &Previous, 3177 bool &Redeclaration) { 3178 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 3179 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3180 return; 3181 3182 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 3183 3184 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 3185 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 3186 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3187 } 3188 3189 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 3190 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 3191 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 3192 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 3193 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 3194 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 3195 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3196 } 3197 3198 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 3199 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3200 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 3201 3202 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 3203 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 3204 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3205 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3206 3207 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 3208 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 3209 bool SizeIsNegative; 3210 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3211 QualType FixedTy = 3212 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3213 Oversized); 3214 3215 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 3216 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 3217 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 3218 // int a[10][n]; 3219 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 3220 3221 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3222 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 3223 << SizeRange; 3224 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 3225 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 3226 << SizeRange; 3227 else 3228 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 3229 << SizeRange; 3230 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3231 } 3232 3233 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 3234 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3235 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3236 else 3237 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 3238 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3239 } 3240 3241 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3242 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 3243 } 3244 3245 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 3246 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 3247 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 3248 // declaration with the same name. 3249 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3250 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewVD->getDeclName()); 3251 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3252 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 3253 } 3254 3255 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 3256 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 3257 << T; 3258 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3259 } 3260 3261 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3262 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 3263 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3264 } 3265 3266 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3267 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 3268 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3269 } 3270 3271 // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only 3272 // function pointer-to-members can do that. 3273 QualType Pointee; 3274 unsigned PtrOrRef = 0; 3275 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 3276 Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 3277 else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 3278 Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType(); 3279 PtrOrRef = 1; 3280 } 3281 if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() && 3282 Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) { 3283 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer) 3284 << PtrOrRef; 3285 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3286 } 3287 3288 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3289 Redeclaration = true; 3290 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 3291 } 3292} 3293 3294/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 3295struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 3296 Sema *S; 3297 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 3298}; 3299 3300/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 3301/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 3302/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 3303static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 3304 CXXBasePath &Path, 3305 void *UserData) { 3306 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 3307 3308 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 3309 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 3310 3311 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 3312 3313 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 3314 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3315 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 3316 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 3317 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 3318 3319 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 3320 } 3321 3322 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 3323 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 3324 ++Path.Decls.first) { 3325 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 3326 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 3327 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 3328 return true; 3329 } 3330 } 3331 3332 return false; 3333} 3334 3335/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 3336/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 3337bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 3338 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 3339 CXXBasePaths Paths; 3340 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 3341 Data.Method = MD; 3342 Data.S = this; 3343 bool AddedAny = false; 3344 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 3345 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 3346 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 3347 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 3348 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 3349 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 3350 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD)) { 3351 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 3352 AddedAny = true; 3353 } 3354 } 3355 } 3356 } 3357 3358 return AddedAny; 3359} 3360 3361static void DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD) { 3362 LookupResult Prev(S, NewFD->getDeclName(), NewFD->getLocation(), 3363 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3364 S.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewFD->getDeclContext()); 3365 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 3366 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 3367 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 3368 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 3369 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) && 3370 isNearlyMatchingFunction(S.Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD)) 3371 S.Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 3372 } 3373} 3374 3375/// CheckClassMemberNameAttributes - Check for class member name checking 3376/// attributes according to [dcl.attr.override] 3377static void 3378CheckClassMemberNameAttributes(Sema& SemaRef, const FunctionDecl *FD) { 3379 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 3380 if (!MD || !MD->isVirtual()) 3381 return; 3382 3383 bool HasOverrideAttr = MD->hasAttr<OverrideAttr>(); 3384 bool HasOverriddenMethods = 3385 MD->begin_overridden_methods() != MD->end_overridden_methods(); 3386 3387 /// C++ [dcl.attr.override]p2: 3388 /// If a virtual member function f is marked override and does not override 3389 /// a member function of a base class the program is ill-formed. 3390 if (HasOverrideAttr && !HasOverriddenMethods) { 3391 SemaRef.Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::err_override_function_not_overriding) 3392 << MD->getDeclName(); 3393 return; 3394 } 3395 3396 if (!MD->getParent()->hasAttr<BaseCheckAttr>()) 3397 return; 3398 3399 /// C++ [dcl.attr.override]p6: 3400 /// In a class definition marked base_check, if a virtual member function 3401 /// that is neither implicitly-declared nor a destructor overrides a 3402 /// member function of a base class and it is not marked override, the 3403 /// program is ill-formed. 3404 if (HasOverriddenMethods && !HasOverrideAttr && !MD->isImplicit() && 3405 !isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 3406 llvm::SmallVector<const CXXMethodDecl*, 4> 3407 OverriddenMethods(MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 3408 MD->end_overridden_methods()); 3409 3410 SemaRef.Diag(MD->getLocation(), 3411 diag::err_function_overriding_without_override) 3412 << MD->getDeclName() << (unsigned)OverriddenMethods.size(); 3413 3414 for (unsigned I = 0; I != OverriddenMethods.size(); ++I) 3415 SemaRef.Diag(OverriddenMethods[I]->getLocation(), 3416 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 3417 } 3418} 3419 3420NamedDecl* 3421Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3422 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3423 LookupResult &Previous, 3424 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3425 bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration) { 3426 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 3427 3428 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3429 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3430 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3431 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = SC_None; 3432 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 3433 default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); 3434 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 3435 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 3436 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 3437 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3438 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 3439 D.setInvalidType(); 3440 break; 3441 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = SC_None; break; 3442 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = SC_Extern; break; 3443 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 3444 if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3445 // C99 6.7.1p5: 3446 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 3447 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 3448 // other than extern 3449 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 3450 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3451 diag::err_static_block_func); 3452 SC = SC_None; 3453 } else 3454 SC = SC_Static; 3455 break; 3456 } 3457 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = SC_PrivateExtern; break; 3458 } 3459 3460 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3461 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3462 3463 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 3464 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 3465 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3466 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 3467 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 3468 D.setInvalidType(); 3469 } 3470 3471 FunctionDecl *NewFD; 3472 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 3473 bool isFriend = false; 3474 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3475 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3476 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3477 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 3478 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3479 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 3480 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = 0; 3481 3482 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3483 // Determine whether the function was written with a 3484 // prototype. This true when: 3485 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 3486 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 3487 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 3488 bool HasPrototype = 3489 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 3490 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 3491 3492 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, 3493 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3494 HasPrototype); 3495 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3496 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3497 3498 // Set the lexical context. 3499 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3500 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 3501 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage()); 3502 } else { 3503 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3504 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 3505 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 3506 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 3507 3508 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 3509 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 3510 // the class has been completely parsed. 3511 if (!DC->isRecord() && 3512 RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3513 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 3514 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 3515 AbstractReturnType)) 3516 D.setInvalidType(); 3517 3518 3519 if (isFriend) { 3520 // C++ [class.friend]p5 3521 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 3522 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 3523 isInline |= IsFunctionDefinition; 3524 } 3525 3526 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 3527 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 3528 assert(DC->isRecord() && 3529 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 3530 3531 R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3532 3533 // Create the new declaration 3534 NewFD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context, 3535 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3536 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3537 isExplicit, isInline, 3538 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 3539 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3540 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 3541 if (DC->isRecord()) { 3542 R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3543 3544 NewFD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, 3545 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3546 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3547 isInline, 3548 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 3549 isVirtualOkay = true; 3550 } else { 3551 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 3552 3553 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 3554 // code path. 3555 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3556 Name, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3557 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 3558 D.setInvalidType(); 3559 } 3560 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 3561 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 3562 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3563 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 3564 return 0; 3565 } 3566 3567 CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3568 NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3569 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3570 isInline, isExplicit); 3571 3572 isVirtualOkay = true; 3573 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 3574 // If the of the function is the same as the name of the record, then this 3575 // must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 3576 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 3577 // constructor if it has no return type). 3578 // must have an invalid constructor that has a return type 3579 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 3580 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 3581 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 3582 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 3583 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3584 return 0; 3585 } 3586 3587 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 3588 3589 // [class.free]p1: 3590 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 3591 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 3592 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 3593 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 3594 isStatic = true; 3595 3596 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 3597 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 3598 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 3599 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 3600 isStatic = true; 3601 3602 // This is a C++ method declaration. 3603 NewFD = CXXMethodDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3604 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3605 isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline); 3606 3607 isVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 3608 } else { 3609 // Determine whether the function was written with a 3610 // prototype. This true when: 3611 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 3612 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, 3613 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3614 true/*HasPrototype*/); 3615 } 3616 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 3617 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3618 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 3619 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParamLists.size(); 3620 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3621 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3622 3623 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 3624 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 3625 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3626 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3627 3628 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3629 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3630 bool Invalid = false; 3631 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3632 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3633 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3634 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3635 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3636 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3637 isFriend, 3638 isExplicitSpecialization, 3639 Invalid)) { 3640 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 3641 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 3642 3643 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3644 // This is a function template 3645 3646 // Check that we can declare a template here. 3647 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 3648 return 0; 3649 3650 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 3651 NewFD->getLocation(), 3652 Name, TemplateParams, 3653 NewFD); 3654 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3655 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 3656 } else { 3657 // This is a function template specialization. 3658 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3659 3660 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 3661 if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3662 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 3663 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 3664 3665 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 3666 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 3667 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 3668 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 3669 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 3670 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 3671 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 3672 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 3673 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 3674 } 3675 3676 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 3677 << Name << RemoveRange 3678 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 3679 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 3680 } 3681 } 3682 } 3683 3684 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3685 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3686 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 3687 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3688 } 3689 3690 if (Invalid) { 3691 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3692 if (FunctionTemplate) 3693 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 3694 } 3695 3696 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 3697 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 3698 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 3699 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 3700 // 3701 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3702 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 3703 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3704 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3705 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 3706 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 3707 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 3708 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 3709 } else { 3710 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 3711 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 3712 } 3713 } 3714 3715 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 3716 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration. 3717 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3718 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3719 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 3720 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3721 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 3722 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 3723 } 3724 } 3725 3726 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 3727 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 3728 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1 3729 // and 12.3.2. 3730 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3731 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 3732 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 3733 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3734 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 3735 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 3736 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 3737 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 3738 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 3739 // or conversion function. 3740 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3741 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 3742 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 3743 } 3744 } 3745 3746 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 3747 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage()); 3748 3749 if (isFriend) { 3750 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 3751 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3752 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 3753 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 3754 } 3755 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 3756 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 3757 } 3758 3759 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && IsFunctionDefinition) { 3760 // A method is implicitly inline if it's defined in its class 3761 // definition. 3762 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 3763 } 3764 3765 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 3766 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3767 // C++ [class.static]p1: 3768 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 3769 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 3770 // the class. 3771 3772 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 3773 // member function definition. 3774 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3775 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3776 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3777 } 3778 } 3779 3780 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 3781 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 3782 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 3783 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 3784 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 3785 SE->getString())); 3786 } 3787 3788 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 3789 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 3790 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3791 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 3792 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 3793 3794 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 3795 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 3796 // single void argument. 3797 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 3798 // already checks for that case. 3799 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 3800 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 3801 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 3802 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 3803 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 3804 3805 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 3806 // typedef of void is not permitted. 3807 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 3808 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) 3809 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void); 3810 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 3811 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 3812 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 3813 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 3814 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 3815 Params.push_back(Param); 3816 3817 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 3818 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3819 } 3820 } 3821 3822 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 3823 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 3824 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 3825 // parameters for use in the declaration. 3826 // 3827 // @code 3828 // typedef void fn(int); 3829 // fn f; 3830 // @endcode 3831 3832 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 3833 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 3834 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 3835 ParmVarDecl *Param = 3836 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 3837 Params.push_back(Param); 3838 } 3839 } else { 3840 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 3841 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 3842 } 3843 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 3844 NewFD->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 3845 3846 bool OverloadableAttrRequired=false; // FIXME: HACK! 3847 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3848 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 3849 bool isExplctSpecialization=false; 3850 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplctSpecialization, 3851 Redeclaration, 3852 /*FIXME:*/OverloadableAttrRequired); 3853 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 3854 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 3855 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 3856 } else { 3857 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 3858 // argument list into our AST format. 3859 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 3860 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 3861 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 3862 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 3863 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 3864 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 3865 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 3866 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 3867 TemplateId->NumArgs); 3868 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 3869 TemplateArgs); 3870 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 3871 3872 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 3873 3874 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3875 // FIXME: Diagnose function template with explicit template 3876 // arguments. 3877 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 3878 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 3879 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3880 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 3881 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 3882 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 3883 // too few of them). 3884 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 3885 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 3886 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 3887 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3888 "template<> "); 3889 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3890 } else { 3891 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 3892 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3893 } 3894 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3895 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 3896 // wrote something like: 3897 // template <> friend void foo(int); 3898 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 3899 // friend void foo<>(int); 3900 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 3901 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 3902 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3903 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3904 } 3905 3906 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 3907 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 3908 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 3909 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 3910 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 3911 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext())) { 3912 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 3913 "friend function specialization without template args"); 3914 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 3915 Previous)) 3916 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3917 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3918 if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 3919 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 3920 Previous)) 3921 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3922 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 3923 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 3924 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3925 } 3926 3927 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 3928 bool flag_c_overloaded=false; // unused for c++ 3929 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 3930 Redeclaration, /*FIXME:*/flag_c_overloaded); 3931 3932 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 3933 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 3934 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 3935 3936 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 3937 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 3938 : NewFD); 3939 3940 if (isFriend && Redeclaration) { 3941 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 3942 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 3943 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess(); 3944 3945 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 3946 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 3947 3948 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 3949 } 3950 3951 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 3952 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 3953 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 3954 3955 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 3956 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 3957 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3958 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration(); 3959 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3960 PrevTemplate? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 3961 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate 3962 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 3963 } 3964 3965 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3966 // Ignore all the rest of this. 3967 } else if (!Redeclaration) { 3968 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 3969 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 3970 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 3971 3972 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 3973 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3974 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 3975 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 3976 3977 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 3978 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 3979 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 3980 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 3981 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 3982 // can actually do this check immediately. 3983 if (isFriend && 3984 (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists || 3985 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 3986 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 3987 // ignore these 3988 } else { 3989 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 3990 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 3991 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 3992 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 3993 // 3994 // class X { 3995 // void f() const; 3996 // }; 3997 // 3998 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 3999 // 4000 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 4001 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 4002 // whether the parameter types are references). 4003 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match) 4004 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4005 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4006 4007 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4008 } 4009 4010 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 4011 // to something. 4012 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 4013 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_matching_local_friend); 4014 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4015 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4016 } 4017 4018 } else if (!IsFunctionDefinition && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4019 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4020 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 4021 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 4022 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4023 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 4024 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 4025 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension 4026 // for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them. 4027 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 4028 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4029 } 4030 } 4031 4032 4033 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 4034 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 4035 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 4036 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 4037 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 4038 4039 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 4040 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 4041 if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 4042 const FunctionDecl *Def; 4043 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4044 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->hasBody(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 4045 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 4046 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4047 } 4048 } 4049 4050 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 4051 4052 if (OverloadableAttrRequired && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 4053 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 4054 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 4055 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 4056 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 4057 if (!Previous.empty()) 4058 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 4059 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 4060 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), Context)); 4061 } 4062 4063 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 4064 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4065 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4066 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 4067 << NewFD; 4068 4069 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 4070 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4071 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 4072 EPI.Variadic = true; 4073 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 4074 4075 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 4076 NewFD->setType(R); 4077 } 4078 4079 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4080 // member, set the visibility of this function. 4081 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4082 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 4083 4084 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 4085 // map of such names. 4086 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 4087 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4088 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 4089 4090 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 4091 NewFD->setLocEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 4092 4093 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4094 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4095 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4096 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4097 return FunctionTemplate; 4098 } 4099 CheckClassMemberNameAttributes(*this, NewFD); 4100 } 4101 4102 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 4103 return NewFD; 4104} 4105 4106/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 4107/// 4108/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 4109/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 4110/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 4111/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 4112/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 4113/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 4114/// via InstantiateDecl). 4115/// 4116/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 4117/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 4118/// 4119/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 4120void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4121 LookupResult &Previous, 4122 bool IsExplicitSpecialization, 4123 bool &Redeclaration, 4124 bool &OverloadableAttrRequired) { 4125 // If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking. 4126 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4127 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 4128 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 4129 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 4130 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 4131 4132 return; 4133 } 4134 4135 if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4136 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 4137 // because all functions have linkage. 4138 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 4139 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4140 } 4141 4142 if (NewFD->isMain()) 4143 CheckMain(NewFD); 4144 4145 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 4146 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 4147 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4148 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4149 // declaration with the same name. 4150 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4151 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewFD->getDeclName()); 4152 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4153 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4154 } 4155 4156 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 4157 // the same name, if appropriate. 4158 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4159 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 4160 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 4161 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 4162 // function to the scope. 4163 4164 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 4165 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 4166 Redeclaration = true; 4167 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 4168 } else { 4169 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 4170 OverloadableAttrRequired = true; 4171 4172 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 4173 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 4174 case Ovl_Match: 4175 Redeclaration = true; 4176 break; 4177 4178 case Ovl_NonFunction: 4179 Redeclaration = true; 4180 break; 4181 4182 case Ovl_Overload: 4183 Redeclaration = false; 4184 break; 4185 } 4186 } 4187 4188 if (Redeclaration) { 4189 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 4190 // merged. 4191 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) 4192 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4193 4194 Previous.clear(); 4195 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 4196 4197 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 4198 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 4199 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 4200 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 4201 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 4202 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 4203 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 4204 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 4205 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4206 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4207 } 4208 4209 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 4210 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 4211 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 4212 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 4213 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 4214 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 4215 } 4216 } else { 4217 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 4218 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 4219 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 4220 } 4221 } 4222 } 4223 4224 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 4225 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4226 // C++-specific checks. 4227 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4228 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 4229 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 4230 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4231 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 4232 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4233 4234 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 4235 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 4236 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 4237 DeclarationName Name 4238 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4239 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 4240 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 4241 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 4242 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4243 } 4244 } 4245 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 4246 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4247 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 4248 } 4249 4250 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 4251 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4252 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 4253 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4254 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 4255 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 4256 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4257 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 4258 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4259 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 4260 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 4261 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 4262 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 4263 ++Overridden) { 4264 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 4265 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 4266 } 4267 } 4268 } 4269 } 4270 } 4271 4272 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 4273 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 4274 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4275 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4276 4277 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 4278 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 4279 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4280 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4281 4282 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 4283 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 4284 // during delayed parsing anyway. 4285 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 4286 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 4287 4288 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 4289 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 4290 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 4291 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 4292 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 4293 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 4294 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 4295 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 4296 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 4297 } 4298 } 4299 } 4300} 4301 4302void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD) { 4303 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline 4304 // or static is ill-formed. 4305 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 4306 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 4307 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 4308 bool isInline = FD->isInlineSpecified(); 4309 bool isStatic = FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static; 4310 if (isInline || isStatic) { 4311 unsigned diagID = diag::warn_unusual_main_decl; 4312 if (isInline || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 4313 diagID = diag::err_unusual_main_decl; 4314 4315 int which = isStatic + (isInline << 1) - 1; 4316 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diagID) << which; 4317 } 4318 4319 QualType T = FD->getType(); 4320 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 4321 const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4322 4323 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 4324 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4325 TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc().IgnoreParens(); 4326 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder& D = Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), 4327 diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 4328 if (FunctionTypeLoc* PTL = dyn_cast<FunctionTypeLoc>(&TL)) { 4329 D << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(PTL->getResultLoc().getSourceRange(), 4330 "int"); 4331 } 4332 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4333 } 4334 4335 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 4336 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 4337 4338 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 4339 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 4340 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 4341 4342 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 4343 4344 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 4345 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 4346 // getting shifty. 4347 if (nparams == 4 && 4348 Context.Target.getTriple().getOS() == llvm::Triple::Darwin) 4349 HasExtraParameters = false; 4350 4351 if (HasExtraParameters) { 4352 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 4353 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4354 nparams = 3; 4355 } 4356 4357 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 4358 // if we had some location information about types. 4359 4360 QualType CharPP = 4361 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 4362 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 4363 4364 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 4365 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 4366 4367 bool mismatch = true; 4368 4369 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 4370 mismatch = false; 4371 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 4372 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 4373 // char const ** 4374 // char const * const * 4375 // char * const * 4376 4377 QualifierCollector qs; 4378 const PointerType* PT; 4379 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4380 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4381 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 4382 qs.removeConst(); 4383 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 4384 } 4385 } 4386 4387 if (mismatch) { 4388 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 4389 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 4390 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4391 } 4392 } 4393 4394 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4395 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 4396 } 4397 4398 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4399 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 4400 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 4401 } 4402} 4403 4404bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 4405 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 4406 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 4407 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 4408 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 4409 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 4410 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 4411 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 4412 // rules there don't matter.) 4413 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 4414 return false; 4415 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 4416 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4417 return true; 4418} 4419 4420void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init) { 4421 AddInitializerToDecl(dcl, init, /*DirectInit=*/false); 4422} 4423 4424/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 4425/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 4426/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 4427void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { 4428 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 4429 // the initializer. 4430 if (RealDecl == 0) 4431 return; 4432 4433 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 4434 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 4435 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 4436 // Thus this grotesque test. 4437 IntegerLiteral *IL; 4438 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 4439 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 4440 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 4441 else { 4442 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 4443 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 4444 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 4445 } 4446 return; 4447 } 4448 4449 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 4450 if (!VDecl) { 4451 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4452 RealDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 4453 isa<NamedDecl>(RealDecl)) 4454 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization); 4455 else 4456 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 4457 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4458 return; 4459 } 4460 4461 4462 4463 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 4464 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the 4465 // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 4466 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 4467 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 4468 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 4469 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 4470 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4471 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4472 return; 4473 } 4474 4475 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 4476 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 4477 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4478 AbstractVariableType)) 4479 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4480 4481 const VarDecl *Def; 4482 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 4483 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 4484 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 4485 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4486 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4487 return; 4488 } 4489 4490 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 4491 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4492 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 4493 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 4494 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 4495 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 4496 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 4497 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 4498 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 4499 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 4500 // 4501 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 4502 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 4503 // declaration with an initializer. 4504 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 4505 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VDecl->getDeclName(); 4506 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4507 return; 4508 } 4509 4510 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 4511 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4512 4513 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 4514 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4515 return; 4516 } 4517 } 4518 4519 // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of 4520 // initialization. 4521 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 4522 4523 // FIXME: Poor source location information. 4524 InitializationKind Kind 4525 = DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 4526 Init->getLocStart(), 4527 Init->getLocEnd()) 4528 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 4529 Init->getLocStart()); 4530 4531 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 4532 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 4533 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 4534 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 4535 if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5 4536 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 4537 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4538 } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4539 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4540 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4541 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4542 &DclT); 4543 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4544 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4545 return; 4546 } 4547 4548 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4549 4550 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 4551 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 4552 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4553 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. 4554 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 4555 } 4556 } 4557 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 4558 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4559 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 4560 // 4561 // struct S { 4562 // static const int value = 17; 4563 // }; 4564 4565 // Try to perform the initialization regardless. 4566 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4567 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4568 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4569 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4570 &DclT); 4571 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4572 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4573 return; 4574 } 4575 4576 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4577 } 4578 4579 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 4580 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 4581 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 4582 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 4583 QualType T = VDecl->getType(); 4584 4585 // Do nothing on dependent types. 4586 if (T->isDependentType()) { 4587 4588 // Require constness. 4589 } else if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 4590 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 4591 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4592 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4593 4594 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 4595 } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 4596 if (!Init->isValueDependent()) { 4597 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 4598 llvm::APSInt Value; 4599 SourceLocation Loc; 4600 if (!Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, &Loc)) { 4601 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 4602 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4603 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4604 } 4605 } 4606 4607 // We allow floating-point constants as an extension in C++03, and 4608 // C++0x has far more complicated rules that we don't really 4609 // implement fully. 4610 } else { 4611 bool Allowed = false; 4612 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) { 4613 Allowed = T->isLiteralType(); 4614 } else if (T->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 4615 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 4616 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 4617 Allowed = true; 4618 } 4619 4620 if (!Allowed) { 4621 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 4622 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 4623 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4624 4625 // TODO: there are probably expressions that pass here that shouldn't. 4626 } else if (!Init->isValueDependent() && 4627 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) { 4628 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 4629 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4630 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4631 } 4632 } 4633 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 4634 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 4635 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 4636 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 4637 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 4638 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4639 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4640 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4641 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4642 &DclT); 4643 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4644 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4645 return; 4646 } 4647 4648 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4649 } 4650 4651 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 4652 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 4653 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4654 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 4655 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 4656 } 4657 } 4658 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 4659 // completed by the initializer. For example: 4660 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 4661 // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 4662 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { 4663 VDecl->setType(DclT); 4664 Init->setType(DclT); 4665 } 4666 4667 4668 // If this variable is a local declaration with record type, make sure it 4669 // doesn't have a flexible member initialization. We only support this as a 4670 // global/static definition. 4671 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 4672 if (const RecordType *RT = VDecl->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 4673 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 4674 // Check whether the initializer tries to initialize the flexible 4675 // array member itself to anything other than an empty initializer list. 4676 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 4677 unsigned Index = std::distance(RT->getDecl()->field_begin(), 4678 RT->getDecl()->field_end()) - 1; 4679 if (Index < ILE->getNumInits() && 4680 !(isa<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index)) && 4681 cast<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index))->getNumInits() == 0)) { 4682 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_flexible_variable); 4683 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4684 } 4685 } 4686 } 4687 4688 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 4689 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 4690 4691 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 4692 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 4693 VDecl->setInit(Init); 4694 4695 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 4696} 4697 4698/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 4699/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 4700/// of sanity. 4701void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 4702 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 4703 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 4704 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 4705 4706 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 4707 if (!VD) return; 4708 4709 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 4710 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 4711 4712 // Require a complete type. 4713 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 4714 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 4715 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4716 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 4717 return; 4718 } 4719 4720 // Require an abstract type. 4721 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 4722 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4723 AbstractVariableType)) { 4724 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 4725 return; 4726 } 4727 4728 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 4729 // though. 4730} 4731 4732void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 4733 bool TypeContainsUndeducedAuto) { 4734 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 4735 if (RealDecl == 0) 4736 return; 4737 4738 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 4739 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 4740 4741 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3 4742 if (TypeContainsUndeducedAuto) { 4743 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 4744 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 4745 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4746 return; 4747 } 4748 4749 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 4750 case VarDecl::Definition: 4751 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 4752 break; 4753 4754 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 4755 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 4756 // a declaration. 4757 // 4758 // Fall through 4759 4760 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 4761 // It's only a declaration. 4762 4763 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 4764 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 4765 // object shall be complete. 4766 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 4767 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4768 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4769 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 4770 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4771 4772 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 4773 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4774 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4775 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4776 AbstractVariableType)) 4777 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4778 return; 4779 4780 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 4781 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 4782 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 4783 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 4784 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 4785 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 4786 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 4787 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 4788 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 4789 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 4790 ArrayT->getElementType(), 4791 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 4792 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4793 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4794 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 4795 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 4796 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 4797 // NOTE: code such as the following 4798 // static struct s; 4799 // struct s { int a; }; 4800 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 4801 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 4802 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 4803 if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0) 4804 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4805 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 4806 } 4807 } 4808 4809 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 4810 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 4811 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 4812 return; 4813 } 4814 4815 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 4816 // definitions with incomplete array type. 4817 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 4818 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 4819 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 4820 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4821 return; 4822 } 4823 4824 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 4825 // definitions with reference type. 4826 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 4827 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 4828 << Var->getDeclName() 4829 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 4830 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4831 return; 4832 } 4833 4834 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 4835 // variable with dependent type. 4836 if (Type->isDependentType()) 4837 return; 4838 4839 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 4840 return; 4841 4842 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 4843 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 4844 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4845 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4846 return; 4847 } 4848 4849 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 4850 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4851 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4852 AbstractVariableType)) { 4853 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4854 return; 4855 } 4856 4857 const RecordType *Record 4858 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>(); 4859 if (Record && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 4860 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->isPOD()) { 4861 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 4862 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 4863 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 4864 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 4865 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 4866 // type shall have a user-declared default 4867 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 4868 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 4869 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 4870 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 4871 // program is ill-formed. 4872 // FIXME: DPG thinks it is very fishy that C++0x disables this. 4873 } else { 4874 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 4875 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 4876 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 4877 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) 4878 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4879 4880 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 4881 InitializationKind Kind 4882 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 4883 4884 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 4885 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4886 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 4887 if (Init.isInvalid()) 4888 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4889 else if (Init.get()) 4890 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 4891 } 4892 4893 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 4894 } 4895} 4896 4897void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 4898 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 4899 4900 // All the following checks are C++ only. 4901 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return; 4902 4903 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType()); 4904 if (baseType->isDependentType()) return; 4905 4906 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 4907 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4908 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 4909 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 4910 4911 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 4912 // constructing this copy. 4913 QualType type = var->getType(); 4914 4915 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 4916 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 4917 Expr *varRef = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, type, VK_LValue, poi); 4918 ExprResult result = 4919 PerformCopyInitialization( 4920 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 4921 poi, Owned(varRef)); 4922 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 4923 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 4924 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4925 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 4926 } 4927 } 4928 } 4929 4930 // Check for global constructors. 4931 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 4932 var->hasGlobalStorage() && 4933 !var->isStaticLocal() && 4934 var->getInit() && 4935 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context, 4936 baseType->isReferenceType())) 4937 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 4938 << var->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 4939 4940 // Require the destructor. 4941 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 4942 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 4943} 4944 4945Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 4946Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4947 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 4948 llvm::SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 4949 4950 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 4951 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 4952 4953 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 4954 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 4955 Decls.push_back(D); 4956 4957 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, 4958 Decls.data(), Decls.size())); 4959} 4960 4961 4962/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 4963/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 4964Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4965 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 4966 4967 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 4968 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 4969 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 4970 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 4971 StorageClass = SC_Register; 4972 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 4973 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4974 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4975 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 4976 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 4977 } 4978 4979 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4980 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4981 4982 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4983 4984 TagDecl *OwnedDecl = 0; 4985 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &OwnedDecl); 4986 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 4987 4988 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4989 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 4990 // parameter. 4991 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4992 4993 if (OwnedDecl && OwnedDecl->isDefinition()) { 4994 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 4995 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 4996 Diag(OwnedDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 4997 << Context.getTypeDeclType(OwnedDecl); 4998 } 4999 5000 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5001 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5002 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 5003 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5004 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 5005 } 5006 } 5007 5008 // Ensure we have a valid name 5009 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 5010 if (D.hasName()) { 5011 II = D.getIdentifier(); 5012 if (!II) { 5013 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 5014 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 5015 D.setInvalidType(true); 5016 } 5017 } 5018 5019 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 5020 if (II) { 5021 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 5022 ForRedeclaration); 5023 LookupName(R, S); 5024 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 5025 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5026 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 5027 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5028 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 5029 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5030 PrevDecl = 0; 5031 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 5032 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 5033 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5034 5035 // Recover by removing the name 5036 II = 0; 5037 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5038 D.setInvalidType(true); 5039 } 5040 } 5041 } 5042 5043 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 5044 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 5045 // looking like class members in C++. 5046 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5047 TInfo, parmDeclType, II, 5048 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5049 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 5050 5051 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5052 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5053 5054 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 5055 S->AddDecl(New); 5056 if (II) 5057 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 5058 5059 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 5060 5061 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5062 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5063 } 5064 return New; 5065} 5066 5067/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 5068/// typedef. 5069ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 5070 SourceLocation Loc, 5071 QualType T) { 5072 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, 0, 5073 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 5074 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 5075 Param->setImplicit(); 5076 return Param; 5077} 5078 5079void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 5080 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 5081 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 5082 // will already have done so in the template itself. 5083 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 5084 return; 5085 5086 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 5087 if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 5088 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 5089 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 5090 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 5091 } 5092 } 5093} 5094 5095void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 5096 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 5097 QualType ReturnTy, 5098 NamedDecl *D) { 5099 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 5100 return; 5101 5102 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 5103 // threshold. 5104 if (ReturnTy->isPODType()) { 5105 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 5106 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 5107 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 5108 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 5109 } 5110 5111 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 5112 // threshold. 5113 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 5114 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 5115 if (!T->isPODType()) 5116 continue; 5117 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 5118 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 5119 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 5120 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 5121 } 5122} 5123 5124ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, 5125 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, QualType T, 5126 IdentifierInfo *Name, 5127 SourceLocation NameLoc, 5128 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 5129 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 5130 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, NameLoc, Name, 5131 adjustParameterType(T), TSInfo, 5132 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 5133 0); 5134 5135 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 5136 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5137 // the class has been completely parsed. 5138 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 5139 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5140 AbstractParamType)) 5141 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5142 5143 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 5144 // passed by reference. 5145 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5146 Diag(NameLoc, 5147 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T; 5148 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5149 } 5150 5151 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 5152 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 5153 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 5154 // an address space. 5155 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5156 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 5157 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5158 } 5159 5160 return New; 5161} 5162 5163void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5164 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 5165 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 5166 5167 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 5168 // for a K&R function. 5169 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 5170 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 5171 --i; 5172 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 5173 llvm::SmallString<256> Code; 5174 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 5175 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 5176 << ";\n"; 5177 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 5178 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 5179 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 5180 5181 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 5182 // type. 5183 DeclSpec DS; 5184 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 5185 unsigned DiagID; // unused 5186 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 5187 PrevSpec, DiagID); 5188 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 5189 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 5190 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 5191 } 5192 } 5193 } 5194} 5195 5196Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 5197 Declarator &D) { 5198 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 5199 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 5200 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 5201 5202 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 5203 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 5204 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true); 5205 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 5206} 5207 5208static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5209 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 5210 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 5211 return false; 5212 5213 // Or declarations that aren't global. 5214 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 5215 return false; 5216 5217 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 5218 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 5219 return false; 5220 5221 // Don't warn about 'main'. 5222 if (FD->isMain()) 5223 return false; 5224 5225 // Don't warn about inline functions. 5226 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 5227 return false; 5228 5229 // Don't warn about function templates. 5230 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 5231 return false; 5232 5233 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 5234 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 5235 return false; 5236 5237 bool MissingPrototype = true; 5238 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); 5239 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { 5240 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 5241 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 5242 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5243 continue; 5244 5245 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 5246 break; 5247 } 5248 5249 return MissingPrototype; 5250} 5251 5252Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 5253 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 5254 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 5255 5256 if (!D) 5257 return D; 5258 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 5259 5260 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 5261 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 5262 else 5263 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5264 5265 // Enter a new function scope 5266 PushFunctionScope(); 5267 5268 // See if this is a redefinition. 5269 // But don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 5270 // was an extern inline function. 5271 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 5272 if (FD->hasBody(Definition) && 5273 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) { 5274 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 5275 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 5276 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 5277 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 5278 else 5279 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 5280 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5281 } 5282 5283 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 5284 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 5285 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 5286 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 5287 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5288 } 5289 } 5290 5291 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 5292 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 5293 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 5294 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 5295 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 5296 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 5297 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 5298 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5299 5300 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 5301 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 5302 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 5303 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 5304 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 5305 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 5306 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 5307 5308 if (FnBodyScope) 5309 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 5310 5311 // Check the validity of our function parameters 5312 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 5313 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 5314 5315 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 5316 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 5317 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 5318 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 5319 5320 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 5321 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 5322 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 5323 5324 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 5325 } 5326 } 5327 5328 // Checking attributes of current function definition 5329 // dllimport attribute. 5330 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5331 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 5332 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 5333 if (!DA->isInherited()) { 5334 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 5335 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 5336 << "dllimport"; 5337 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5338 return FD; 5339 } 5340 5341 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 5342 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 5343 if (!LangOpts.Microsoft) { 5344 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 5345 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 5346 // emitted. 5347 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 5348 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5349 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 5350 } 5351 } 5352 return FD; 5353} 5354 5355/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 5356/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 5357/// optimization. 5358/// 5359/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 5360/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 5361/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 5362/// use the named return value optimization. 5363/// 5364/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 5365/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 5366/// the NRVO variable. 5367/// 5368/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 5369/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 5370/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 5371static void ComputeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 5372 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 5373 5374 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 5375 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 5376 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 5377 return; 5378 5379 if (!NRVOCandidate) 5380 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 5381 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 5382 return; 5383 } 5384 5385 if (NRVOCandidate) 5386 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 5387} 5388 5389Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 5390 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 5391} 5392 5393Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 5394 bool IsInstantiation) { 5395 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 5396 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 5397 if (FunTmpl) 5398 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 5399 else 5400 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 5401 5402 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 5403 5404 if (FD) { 5405 FD->setBody(Body); 5406 if (FD->isMain()) { 5407 // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0. 5408 // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 5409 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 5410 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 5411 } 5412 5413 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5414 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 5415 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 5416 FD->getResultType(), FD); 5417 5418 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 5419 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 5420 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 5421 5422 ComputeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 5423 } 5424 5425 assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); 5426 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 5427 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 5428 MD->setBody(Body); 5429 if (Body) 5430 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 5431 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5432 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 5433 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 5434 MD->getResultType(), MD); 5435 } 5436 } else { 5437 return 0; 5438 } 5439 5440 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 5441 5442 // Check goto/label use. 5443 FunctionScopeInfo *CurFn = getCurFunction(); 5444 for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator 5445 I = CurFn->LabelMap.begin(), E = CurFn->LabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) { 5446 LabelStmt *L = I->second; 5447 5448 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 5449 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 5450 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 5451 if (L->getSubStmt() != 0) { 5452 if (!L->isUsed()) 5453 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::warn_unused_label) << L->getName(); 5454 continue; 5455 } 5456 5457 // Emit error. 5458 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName(); 5459 5460 // At this point, we have gotos that use the bogus label. Stitch it into 5461 // the function body so that they aren't leaked and that the AST is well 5462 // formed. 5463 if (Body == 0) { 5464 // The whole function wasn't parsed correctly. 5465 continue; 5466 } 5467 5468 // Otherwise, the body is valid: we want to stitch the label decl into the 5469 // function somewhere so that it is properly owned and so that the goto 5470 // has a valid target. Do this by creating a new compound stmt with the 5471 // label in it. 5472 5473 // Give the label a sub-statement. 5474 L->setSubStmt(new (Context) NullStmt(L->getIdentLoc())); 5475 5476 CompoundStmt *Compound = isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body) ? 5477 cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)->getTryBlock() : 5478 cast<CompoundStmt>(Body); 5479 llvm::SmallVector<Stmt*, 64> Elements(Compound->body_begin(), 5480 Compound->body_end()); 5481 Elements.push_back(L); 5482 Compound->setStmts(Context, Elements.data(), Elements.size()); 5483 } 5484 5485 if (Body) { 5486 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 5487 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 5488 // Verify this. 5489 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 5490 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 5491 5492 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 5493 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 5494 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 5495 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 5496 !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction()) 5497 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 5498 5499 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 5500 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 5501 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 5502 5503 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 5504 Destructor->getParent()); 5505 } 5506 5507 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 5508 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 5509 // deletion in some later function. 5510 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) 5511 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 5512 else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 5513 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 5514 // enabled. 5515 QualType ResultType; 5516 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) { 5517 AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, FD); 5518 } else { 5519 ObjCMethodDecl *MD = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl); 5520 AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, MD); 5521 } 5522 } 5523 5524 assert(ExprTemporaries.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 5525 } 5526 5527 if (!IsInstantiation) 5528 PopDeclContext(); 5529 5530 PopFunctionOrBlockScope(); 5531 5532 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 5533 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 5534 // deletion in some later function. 5535 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) 5536 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 5537 5538 return dcl; 5539} 5540 5541/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 5542/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 5543NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 5544 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 5545 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 5546 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 5547 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 5548 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 5549 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5550 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(&II); 5551 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 5552 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 5553 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5554 return Pos->second; 5555 } 5556 5557 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 5558 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 5559 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II; 5560 else if (getLangOptions().C99) 5561 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 5562 else 5563 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 5564 5565 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 5566 const char *Dummy; 5567 DeclSpec DS; 5568 unsigned DiagID; 5569 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 5570 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 5571 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 5572 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 5573 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(ParsedAttributes(), 5574 false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 5575 0, 0, false, SourceLocation(), 5576 false, 0,0,0, Loc, Loc, D), 5577 SourceLocation()); 5578 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 5579 5580 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 5581 5582 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 5583 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 5584 5585 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 5586 FD->setImplicit(); 5587 5588 CurContext = PrevDC; 5589 5590 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 5591 5592 return FD; 5593} 5594 5595/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 5596/// the declaration of this function. 5597/// 5598/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 5599/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 5600/// like NSLog or printf. 5601void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 5602 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 5603 return; 5604 5605 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 5606 // actual attributes. 5607 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 5608 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 5609 unsigned FormatIdx; 5610 bool HasVAListArg; 5611 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 5612 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5613 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5614 "printf", FormatIdx+1, 5615 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 5616 } 5617 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 5618 HasVAListArg)) { 5619 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5620 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5621 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 5622 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 5623 } 5624 5625 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 5626 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 5627 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 5628 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && 5629 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 5630 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 5631 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5632 } 5633 5634 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID)) 5635 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5636 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID)) 5637 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5638 } 5639 5640 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 5641 if (!Name) 5642 return; 5643 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5644 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 5645 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 5646 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 5647 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 5648 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 5649 // about. 5650 } else 5651 return; 5652 5653 if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) { 5654 // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific 5655 if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 5656 // FIXME: We known better than our headers. 5657 const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf"); 5658 } else 5659 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5660 "printf", 1, 5661 Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2)); 5662 } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 5663 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 5664 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 5665 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5666 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5667 "printf", 2, 5668 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 5669 } 5670} 5671 5672TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 5673 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 5674 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 5675 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 5676 5677 if (!TInfo) { 5678 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 5679 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5680 } 5681 5682 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 5683 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 5684 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5685 D.getIdentifier(), 5686 TInfo); 5687 5688 if (const TagType *TT = T->getAs<TagType>()) { 5689 TagDecl *TD = TT->getDecl(); 5690 5691 // If the TagDecl that the TypedefDecl points to is an anonymous decl 5692 // keep track of the TypedefDecl. 5693 if (!TD->getIdentifier() && !TD->getTypedefForAnonDecl()) 5694 TD->setTypedefForAnonDecl(NewTD); 5695 } 5696 5697 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5698 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5699 return NewTD; 5700} 5701 5702 5703/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 5704/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 5705/// 5706/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 5707bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 5708 TagTypeKind NewTag, 5709 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 5710 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 5711 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 5712 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 5713 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 5714 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 5715 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 5716 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 5717 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 5718 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 5719 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 5720 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 5721 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 5722 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 5723 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 5724 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 5725 if (OldTag == NewTag) 5726 return true; 5727 5728 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 5729 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 5730 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 5731 bool isTemplate = false; 5732 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 5733 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 5734 5735 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 5736 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 5737 << isTemplate << &Name 5738 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 5739 OldTag == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 5740 Diag(Previous->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 5741 return true; 5742 } 5743 return false; 5744} 5745 5746/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 5747/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 5748/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 5749/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 5750Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 5751 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5752 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 5753 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 5754 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5755 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 5756 bool ScopedEnum, bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 5757 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 5758 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 5759 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 5760 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 5761 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 5762 5763 OwnedDecl = false; 5764 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 5765 5766 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 5767 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5768 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParameterLists.size(); 5769 bool Invalid = false; 5770 5771 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 5772 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 5773 // for non-C++ cases. 5774 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists || 5775 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 5776 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5777 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, SS, 5778 TemplateParameterLists.get(), 5779 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 5780 TUK == TUK_Friend, 5781 isExplicitSpecialization, 5782 Invalid)) { 5783 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 5784 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 5785 5786 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 5787 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 5788 // be a member of another template). 5789 if (Invalid) 5790 return 0; 5791 5792 OwnedDecl = false; 5793 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 5794 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 5795 TemplateParams, 5796 AS); 5797 TemplateParameterLists.release(); 5798 return Result.get(); 5799 } else { 5800 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 5801 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 5802 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 5803 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 5804 } 5805 } 5806 } 5807 5808 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 5809 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 5810 // redeclaration. 5811 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 5812 5813 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 5814 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 5815 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 5816 // type, default to int. 5817 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 5818 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 5819 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 5820 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 5821 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 5822 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 5823 EnumUnderlying = TI; 5824 5825 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 5826 5827 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) { 5828 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) 5829 << T; 5830 // Recover by falling back to int. 5831 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 5832 } 5833 5834 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(UnderlyingLoc, TI, 5835 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 5836 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 5837 5838 } else if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 5839 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 5840 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 5841 } 5842 5843 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 5844 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 5845 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 5846 5847 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 5848 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 5849 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 5850 5851 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 5852 5853 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 5854 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 5855 5856 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 5857 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 5858 Name = 0; 5859 goto CreateNewDecl; 5860 } 5861 5862 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 5863 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 5864 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 5865 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 5866 if (!DC) { 5867 IsDependent = true; 5868 return 0; 5869 } 5870 } else { 5871 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 5872 if (!DC) { 5873 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 5874 << SS.getRange(); 5875 return 0; 5876 } 5877 } 5878 5879 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 5880 return 0; 5881 5882 SearchDC = DC; 5883 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 5884 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5885 5886 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 5887 return 0; 5888 5889 if (Previous.empty()) { 5890 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 5891 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 5892 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 5893 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 5894 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 5895 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 5896 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 5897 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 5898 IsDependent = true; 5899 return 0; 5900 } 5901 5902 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 5903 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 5904 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 5905 Name = 0; 5906 Invalid = true; 5907 goto CreateNewDecl; 5908 } 5909 } else if (Name) { 5910 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 5911 // declaration or definition. 5912 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 5913 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 5914 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 5915 LookupName(Previous, S); 5916 5917 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 5918 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 5919 return 0; 5920 5921 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 5922 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 5923 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 5924 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 5925 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 5926 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 5927 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 5928 } 5929 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 5930 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 5931 // initial context to the translation unit. 5932 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 5933 } 5934 5935 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5936 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5937 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5938 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5939 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5940 Previous.clear(); 5941 } 5942 5943 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 5944 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 5945 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 5946 isStdBadAlloc = true; 5947 5948 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 5949 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 5950 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 5951 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 5952 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 5953 } 5954 } 5955 5956 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 5957 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 5958 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 5959 // there's a shadow friend decl. 5960 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 5961 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 5962 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 5963 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 5964 5965 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 5966 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 5967 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 5968 // 5969 // class-key identifier 5970 // 5971 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 5972 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 5973 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 5974 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 5975 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 5976 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 5977 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 5978 // declaration. 5979 // 5980 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 5981 // C structs and unions. 5982 // 5983 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 5984 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 5985 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 5986 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 5987 // 5988 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 5989 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 5990 // 5991 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 5992 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 5993 // lexical context, 5994 while (SearchDC->isRecord() || SearchDC->isTransparentContext()) 5995 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 5996 5997 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 5998 while (S->isClassScope() || 5999 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6000 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 6001 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 6002 (S->getEntity() && 6003 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 6004 S = S->getParent(); 6005 } else { 6006 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 6007 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 6008 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 6009 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 6010 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 6011 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 6012 } 6013 6014 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 6015 // diagnose some problems. 6016 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6017 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 6018 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 6019 } 6020 } 6021 6022 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6023 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 6024 6025 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 6026 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 6027 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 6028 // in C++. 6029 // 6030 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 6031 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 6032 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 6033 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 6034 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6035 if (TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6036 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 6037 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 6038 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 6039 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 6040 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 6041 PrevDecl = Tag; 6042 Previous.clear(); 6043 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 6044 Previous.resolveKind(); 6045 } 6046 } 6047 } 6048 } 6049 6050 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6051 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 6052 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 6053 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 6054 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 6055 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { 6056 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 6057 // struct or something similar. 6058 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, KWLoc, *Name)) { 6059 bool SafeToContinue 6060 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 6061 Kind != TTK_Enum); 6062 if (SafeToContinue) 6063 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 6064 << Name 6065 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 6066 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 6067 else 6068 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 6069 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6070 6071 if (SafeToContinue) 6072 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 6073 else { 6074 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 6075 Name = 0; 6076 Previous.clear(); 6077 Invalid = true; 6078 } 6079 } 6080 6081 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 6082 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 6083 6084 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 6085 // returning the previous declaration. 6086 if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) { 6087 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 6088 << PrevEnum->isScoped(); 6089 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6090 return PrevTagDecl; 6091 } 6092 else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 6093 QualType T; 6094 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 6095 T = TI->getType(); 6096 else 6097 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0); 6098 6099 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) { 6100 Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 6101 diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 6102 << T 6103 << PrevEnum->getIntegerType(); 6104 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6105 return PrevTagDecl; 6106 } 6107 } 6108 else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 6109 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 6110 << PrevEnum->isFixed(); 6111 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6112 return PrevTagDecl; 6113 } 6114 } 6115 6116 if (!Invalid) { 6117 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 6118 6119 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 6120 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 6121 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 6122 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 6123 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && !PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind()) || 6124 TUK == TUK_Friend) 6125 return PrevTagDecl; 6126 6127 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 6128 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 6129 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 6130 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 6131 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 6132 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 6133 if (!isExplicitSpecialization || 6134 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) || 6135 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 6136 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 6137 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 6138 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6139 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 6140 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 6141 // references get the previous definition. 6142 Name = 0; 6143 Previous.clear(); 6144 Invalid = true; 6145 } 6146 } else { 6147 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 6148 // about a nested redefinition. 6149 const TagType *Tag 6150 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 6151 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 6152 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 6153 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 6154 diag::note_previous_definition); 6155 Name = 0; 6156 Previous.clear(); 6157 Invalid = true; 6158 } 6159 } 6160 6161 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 6162 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 6163 } 6164 } 6165 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 6166 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 6167 6168 } else { 6169 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 6170 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 6171 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 6172 // have distinct types. 6173 Previous.clear(); 6174 } 6175 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 6176 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 6177 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 6178 6179 6180 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 6181 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 6182 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 6183 } else { 6184 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus); 6185 6186 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 6187 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 6188 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 6189 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 6190 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 6191 unsigned Kind = 0; 6192 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6193 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 6194 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 6195 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 6196 Invalid = true; 6197 6198 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 6199 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { 6200 // do nothing 6201 6202 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 6203 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 6204 unsigned Kind = 0; 6205 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6206 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 6207 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 6208 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 6209 Invalid = true; 6210 6211 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 6212 // case here. 6213 } else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6214 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 6215 << Name 6216 << cast<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)->getUnderlyingType(); 6217 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 6218 Invalid = true; 6219 6220 // Otherwise, diagnose. 6221 } else { 6222 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 6223 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 6224 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 6225 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6226 Name = 0; 6227 Invalid = true; 6228 } 6229 6230 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 6231 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 6232 Previous.clear(); 6233 } 6234 } 6235 6236CreateNewDecl: 6237 6238 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 6239 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 6240 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 6241 6242 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 6243 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 6244 // keyword. 6245 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 6246 6247 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 6248 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 6249 // PrevDecl. 6250 TagDecl *New; 6251 6252 bool IsForwardReference = false; 6253 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 6254 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 6255 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 6256 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 6257 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 6258 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 6259 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 6260 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 6261 TagDecl *Def; 6262 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 6263 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 6264 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 6265 } 6266 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 6267 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 6268 << New; 6269 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6270 } else { 6271 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 6272 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 6273 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 6274 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6275 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 6276 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 6277 6278 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 6279 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 6280 // the declaration context. 6281 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 6282 IsForwardReference = true; 6283 } 6284 } 6285 6286 if (EnumUnderlying) { 6287 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 6288 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 6289 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 6290 else 6291 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 6292 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 6293 } 6294 6295 } else { 6296 // struct/union/class 6297 6298 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 6299 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 6300 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6301 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 6302 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 6303 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 6304 6305 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 6306 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 6307 } else 6308 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 6309 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 6310 } 6311 6312 // Maybe add qualifier info. 6313 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 6314 if (SS.isSet()) { 6315 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS 6316 = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()); 6317 New->setQualifierInfo(NNS, SS.getRange()); 6318 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0) { 6319 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6320 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 6321 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 6322 } 6323 } 6324 else 6325 Invalid = true; 6326 } 6327 6328 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 6329 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 6330 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 6331 // 6332 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 6333 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 6334 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 6335 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 6336 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 6337 // parsing of the struct). 6338 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 6339 } 6340 6341 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 6342 // check the specialization. 6343 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 6344 Invalid = true; 6345 6346 if (Invalid) 6347 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6348 6349 if (Attr) 6350 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 6351 6352 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 6353 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 6354 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6355 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 6356 6357 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 6358 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6359 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6360 6361 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 6362 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 6363 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty()); 6364 6365 // Set the access specifier. 6366 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 6367 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 6368 6369 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 6370 New->startDefinition(); 6371 6372 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 6373 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 6374 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 6375 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 6376 if (PrevDecl) 6377 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 6378 6379 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6380 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 6381 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 6382 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 6383 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 6384 } else if (Name) { 6385 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 6386 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 6387 if (IsForwardReference) 6388 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 6389 6390 } else { 6391 CurContext->addDecl(New); 6392 } 6393 6394 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 6395 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 6396 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 6397 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6398 II->isStr("FILE")) 6399 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 6400 6401 OwnedDecl = true; 6402 return New; 6403} 6404 6405void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 6406 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6407 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6408 6409 // Enter the tag context. 6410 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 6411} 6412 6413void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6414 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 6415 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6416 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 6417 6418 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 6419 6420 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 6421 return; 6422 6423 // C++ [class]p2: 6424 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 6425 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 6426 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 6427 // as if it were a public member name. 6428 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 6429 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), 6430 CurContext, Record->getLocation(), 6431 Record->getIdentifier(), 6432 Record->getTagKeywordLoc(), 6433 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 6434 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 6435 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 6436 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 6437 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 6438 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 6439 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 6440 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 6441 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 6442 "Broken injected-class-name"); 6443} 6444 6445void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6446 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 6447 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6448 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6449 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 6450 6451 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 6452 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 6453 6454 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 6455 PopDeclContext(); 6456 6457 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 6458 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 6459} 6460 6461void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 6462 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6463 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6464 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 6465 6466 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 6467 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 6468 // the FieldCollector. 6469 6470 PopDeclContext(); 6471} 6472 6473// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 6474bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 6475 QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth, 6476 bool *ZeroWidth) { 6477 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 6478 if (ZeroWidth) 6479 *ZeroWidth = true; 6480 6481 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 6482 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 6483 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 6484 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 6485 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 6486 return true; 6487 if (FieldName) 6488 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 6489 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 6490 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 6491 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 6492 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 6493 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 6494 return true; 6495 6496 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 6497 // it now. 6498 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 6499 return false; 6500 6501 llvm::APSInt Value; 6502 if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) 6503 return true; 6504 6505 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 6506 *ZeroWidth = false; 6507 6508 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 6509 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 6510 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 6511 6512 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 6513 if (FieldName) 6514 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 6515 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 6516 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 6517 << Value.toString(10); 6518 } 6519 6520 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 6521 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 6522 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 6523 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6524 if (FieldName) 6525 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6526 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 6527 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6528 6529 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6530 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6531 } 6532 6533 if (FieldName) 6534 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6535 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 6536 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6537 else 6538 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6539 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6540 } 6541 } 6542 6543 return false; 6544} 6545 6546/// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order 6547/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 6548Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6549 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6550 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) { 6551 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 6552 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 6553 AS_public); 6554 return Res; 6555} 6556 6557/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 6558/// 6559FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 6560 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6561 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 6562 AccessSpecifier AS) { 6563 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 6564 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 6565 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 6566 6567 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 6568 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6569 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6570 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 6571 6572 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 6573 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 6574 D.setInvalidType(); 6575 T = Context.IntTy; 6576 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 6577 } 6578 } 6579 6580 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 6581 6582 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 6583 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 6584 6585 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 6586 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 6587 LookupName(Previous, S); 6588 assert((Previous.empty() || Previous.isOverloadedResult() || 6589 Previous.isSingleResult()) 6590 && "Lookup of member name should be either overloaded, single or null"); 6591 6592 // If the name is overloaded then get any declaration else get the single result 6593 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.isOverloadedResult() ? 6594 Previous.getRepresentativeDecl() : Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 6595 6596 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 6597 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6598 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 6599 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6600 PrevDecl = 0; 6601 } 6602 6603 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 6604 PrevDecl = 0; 6605 6606 bool Mutable 6607 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 6608 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6609 FieldDecl *NewFD 6610 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, TSSL, 6611 AS, PrevDecl, &D); 6612 6613 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6614 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 6615 6616 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 6617 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 6618 // with the same name in the same scope. 6619 } else if (II) { 6620 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 6621 } else 6622 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 6623 6624 return NewFD; 6625} 6626 6627/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 6628/// 6629/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 6630/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 6631/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 6632/// created. 6633/// 6634/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 6635/// 6636/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 6637FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 6638 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6639 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 6640 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 6641 SourceLocation TSSL, 6642 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 6643 Declarator *D) { 6644 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 6645 bool InvalidDecl = false; 6646 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 6647 6648 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 6649 // marking this declaration as invalid. 6650 if (T.isNull()) { 6651 InvalidDecl = true; 6652 T = Context.IntTy; 6653 } 6654 6655 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 6656 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && 6657 RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 6658 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 6659 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 6660 InvalidDecl = true; 6661 } 6662 6663 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 6664 // than a variably modified type. 6665 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6666 bool SizeIsNegative; 6667 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6668 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 6669 SizeIsNegative, 6670 Oversized); 6671 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 6672 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6673 T = FixedTy; 6674 } else { 6675 if (SizeIsNegative) 6676 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 6677 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 6678 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 6679 << Oversized.toString(10); 6680 else 6681 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 6682 InvalidDecl = true; 6683 } 6684 } 6685 6686 // Fields can not have abstract class types 6687 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 6688 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6689 AbstractFieldType)) 6690 InvalidDecl = true; 6691 6692 bool ZeroWidth = false; 6693 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 6694 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth && 6695 VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) { 6696 InvalidDecl = true; 6697 BitWidth = 0; 6698 ZeroWidth = false; 6699 } 6700 6701 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 6702 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 6703 unsigned DiagID = 0; 6704 if (T->isReferenceType()) 6705 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 6706 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 6707 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 6708 6709 if (DiagID) { 6710 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 6711 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 6712 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 6713 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 6714 Mutable = false; 6715 InvalidDecl = true; 6716 } 6717 } 6718 6719 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 6720 BitWidth, Mutable); 6721 if (InvalidDecl) 6722 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6723 6724 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6725 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 6726 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6727 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6728 } 6729 6730 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6731 if (Record->isUnion()) { 6732 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6733 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 6734 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 6735 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 6736 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 6737 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 6738 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 6739 // objects. 6740 // TODO: C++0x alters this restriction significantly. 6741 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 6742 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6743 } 6744 } 6745 6746 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 6747 // the program is ill-formed. 6748 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 6749 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 6750 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 6751 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6752 } 6753 } 6754 } 6755 6756 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 6757 // representation, not a parser representation. 6758 if (D) 6759 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 6760 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 6761 6762 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 6763 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 6764 6765 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 6766 return NewFD; 6767} 6768 6769bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 6770 assert(FD); 6771 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 6772 6773 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6774 return true; 6775 6776 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 6777 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6778 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 6779 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 6780 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 6781 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 6782 // copy constructors. 6783 6784 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 6785 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 6786 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 6787 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialConstructor()) 6788 member = CXXConstructor; 6789 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 6790 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 6791 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 6792 member = CXXDestructor; 6793 6794 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 6795 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 6796 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 6797 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 6798 return true; 6799 } 6800 } 6801 } 6802 6803 return false; 6804} 6805 6806/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 6807/// special member, figure out why. 6808void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 6809 QualType QT(T, 0U); 6810 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 6811 6812 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 6813 switch (member) { 6814 case CXXInvalid: 6815 break; 6816 6817 case CXXConstructor: 6818 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 6819 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 6820 for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){ 6821 const FunctionDecl *body = 0; 6822 ci->hasBody(body); 6823 if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) { 6824 SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation(); 6825 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6826 return; 6827 } 6828 } 6829 6830 assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors"); 6831 return; 6832 } 6833 break; 6834 6835 case CXXCopyConstructor: 6836 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 6837 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 6838 RD->getCopyConstructor(Context, 0)->getLocation(); 6839 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6840 return; 6841 } 6842 break; 6843 6844 case CXXCopyAssignment: 6845 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 6846 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 6847 // assignment, not the type. 6848 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6849 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6850 return; 6851 } 6852 break; 6853 6854 case CXXDestructor: 6855 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 6856 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 6857 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6858 return; 6859 } 6860 break; 6861 } 6862 6863 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 6864 6865 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 6866 // but not trivial destruction. 6867 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 6868 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 6869 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 6870 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 6871 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 6872 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6873 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 6874 return; 6875 } 6876 6877 // Check for virtual methods. 6878 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 6879 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 6880 ++mi) { 6881 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 6882 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6883 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 6884 return; 6885 } 6886 } 6887 } 6888 6889 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 6890 switch (member) { 6891 case CXXConstructor: 6892 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialConstructor; break; 6893 case CXXCopyConstructor: 6894 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 6895 case CXXCopyAssignment: 6896 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 6897 case CXXDestructor: 6898 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 6899 default: 6900 assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return; 6901 } 6902 6903 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 6904 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 6905 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 6906 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 6907 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 6908 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 6909 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6910 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 6911 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 6912 return; 6913 } 6914 } 6915 6916 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 6917 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 6918 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 6919 ++fi) { 6920 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); 6921 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6922 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 6923 6924 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 6925 SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); 6926 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 6927 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 6928 return; 6929 } 6930 } 6931 } 6932 6933 assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 6934} 6935 6936/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 6937/// AST enum value. 6938static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 6939TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 6940 switch (ivarVisibility) { 6941 default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); 6942 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 6943 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 6944 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 6945 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 6946 } 6947} 6948 6949/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 6950/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 6951Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 6952 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6953 Decl *IntfDecl, 6954 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth, 6955 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 6956 6957 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 6958 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 6959 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 6960 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 6961 6962 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 6963 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 6964 6965 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 6966 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6967 6968 if (BitWidth) { 6969 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 6970 if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { 6971 D.setInvalidType(); 6972 BitWidth = 0; 6973 } 6974 } else { 6975 // Not a bitfield. 6976 6977 // validate II. 6978 6979 } 6980 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 6981 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 6982 D.setInvalidType(); 6983 } 6984 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 6985 // than a variably modified type. 6986 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6987 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 6988 D.setInvalidType(); 6989 } 6990 6991 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 6992 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 6993 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 6994 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 6995 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 6996 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(IntfDecl); 6997 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 6998 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 6999 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7000 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 7001 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 7002 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 7003 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 7004 } 7005 else 7006 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 7007 } else { 7008 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 7009 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7010 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 7011 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 7012 return 0; 7013 } 7014 } 7015 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 7016 } 7017 7018 // Construct the decl. 7019 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, 7020 EnclosingContext, Loc, II, T, 7021 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 7022 7023 if (II) { 7024 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 7025 ForRedeclaration); 7026 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 7027 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7028 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 7029 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7030 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 7031 } 7032 } 7033 7034 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 7035 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 7036 7037 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7038 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 7039 7040 if (II) { 7041 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 7042 // these to the interface. 7043 S->AddDecl(NewID); 7044 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 7045 } 7046 7047 return NewID; 7048} 7049 7050/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 7051/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 7052/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 7053/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 7054void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 7055 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 7056 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 7057 return; 7058 7059 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 7060 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 7061 7062 if (!Ivar->isBitField()) 7063 return; 7064 uint64_t BitFieldSize = 7065 Ivar->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue(); 7066 if (BitFieldSize == 0) 7067 return; 7068 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 7069 if (!ID) { 7070 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7071 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 7072 return; 7073 } 7074 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 7075 else 7076 return; 7077 } 7078 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 7079 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy), 0); 7080 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.CharTy, DeclLoc); 7081 7082 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl), 7083 DeclLoc, 0, 7084 Context.CharTy, 7085 Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy), 7086 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 7087 true); 7088 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 7089} 7090 7091void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 7092 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 7093 Decl **Fields, unsigned NumFields, 7094 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 7095 AttributeList *Attr) { 7096 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 7097 7098 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 7099 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 7100 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7101 // FIXME: Deallocate fields? 7102 return; 7103 } 7104 7105 7106 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 7107 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 7108 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 7109 7110 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 7111 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { 7112 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i]); 7113 7114 // Get the type for the field. 7115 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 7116 7117 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 7118 // Remember all fields written by the user. 7119 RecFields.push_back(FD); 7120 } 7121 7122 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 7123 // diagnostics about it. 7124 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7125 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7126 continue; 7127 } 7128 7129 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 7130 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 7131 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 7132 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 7133 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 7134 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 7135 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 7136 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 7137 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 7138 // array. 7139 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 7140 // Field declared as a function. 7141 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 7142 << FD->getDeclName(); 7143 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7144 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7145 continue; 7146 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 7147 ((i == NumFields - 1 && !Record->isUnion()) || 7148 (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 7149 (i == NumFields - 1 || Record->isUnion())))) { 7150 // Flexible array member. 7151 // Microsoft is more permissive regarding flexible array. 7152 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 7153 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 7154 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 7155 if (Record->isUnion()) 7156 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union) 7157 << FD->getDeclName(); 7158 else if (NumFields == 1) 7159 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate) 7160 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 7161 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 7162 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 7163 << FD->getDeclName(); 7164 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7165 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7166 continue; 7167 } 7168 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 7169 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType())->isPODType()) { 7170 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 7171 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 7172 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7173 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7174 continue; 7175 } 7176 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 7177 if (Record) 7178 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7179 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 7180 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 7181 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 7182 // Incomplete type 7183 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7184 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7185 continue; 7186 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7187 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 7188 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 7189 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 7190 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7191 } else { 7192 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 7193 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 7194 // structures. 7195 if (i != NumFields-1) 7196 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 7197 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 7198 else { 7199 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 7200 // other structs as an extension. 7201 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 7202 << FD->getDeclName(); 7203 if (Record) 7204 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7205 } 7206 } 7207 } 7208 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 7209 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7210 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 7211 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 7212 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 7213 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7214 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7215 continue; 7216 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 7217 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC && 7218 Record && 7219 (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 7220 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())) 7221 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7222 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 7223 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 7224 if (Record && BaseType->isRecordType() && 7225 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 7226 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7227 } 7228 // Keep track of the number of named members. 7229 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 7230 ++NumNamedMembers; 7231 } 7232 7233 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 7234 if (Record) { 7235 bool Completed = false; 7236 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 7237 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 7238 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 7239 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 7240 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 7241 I != E; ++I) 7242 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 7243 7244 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 7245 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 7246 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 7247 7248 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 7249 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 7250 // problem now. 7251 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 7252 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 7253 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 7254 7255 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 7256 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 7257 M != MEnd; ++M) { 7258 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 7259 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 7260 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 7261 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 7262 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 7263 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 7264 continue; 7265 7266 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 7267 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 7268 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 7269 // program is ill-formed. 7270 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 7271 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 7272 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 7273 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7274 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 7275 OM = SO->second.begin(), 7276 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 7277 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 7278 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 7279 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 7280 7281 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7282 } 7283 } 7284 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 7285 Completed = true; 7286 } 7287 } 7288 } 7289 } 7290 7291 if (!Completed) 7292 Record->completeDefinition(); 7293 } else { 7294 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 7295 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 7296 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7297 ID->setLocEnd(RBrac); 7298 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 7299 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 7300 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 7301 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 7302 } 7303 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 7304 // duplicates. 7305 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 7306 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 7307 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 7308 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7309 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 7310 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 7311 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 7312 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 7313 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 7314 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 7315 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 7316 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7317 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 7318 // reported as errors elsewhere. 7319 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 7320 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 7321 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 7322 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 7323 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 7324 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 7325 } 7326 } 7327 } 7328 7329 if (Attr) 7330 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 7331 7332 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 7333 // set the visibility of this record. 7334 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 7335 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 7336} 7337 7338/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 7339/// the given type T. 7340static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 7341 llvm::APSInt &Value, 7342 QualType T) { 7343 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 7344 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 7345 7346 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 7347 if (T->isSignedIntegerType()) 7348 --BitWidth; 7349 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 7350 } 7351 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 7352} 7353 7354// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 7355// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 7356static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 7357 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 7358 // enum checking below. 7359 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 7360 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 7361 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 7362 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 7363 }; 7364 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 7365 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 7366 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 7367 }; 7368 7369 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 7370 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerType()? SignedIntegralTypes 7371 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 7372 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 7373 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 7374 return Types[I]; 7375 7376 return QualType(); 7377} 7378 7379EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 7380 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 7381 SourceLocation IdLoc, 7382 IdentifierInfo *Id, 7383 Expr *Val) { 7384 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 7385 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 7386 QualType EltTy; 7387 7388 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 7389 Val = 0; 7390 7391 if (Val) { 7392 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 7393 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 7394 else { 7395 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 7396 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 7397 if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 7398 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { 7399 Val = 0; 7400 } else { 7401 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7402 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 7403 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 7404 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 7405 // representable as an int. 7406 7407 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 7408 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 7409 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 7410 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 7411 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 7412 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 7413 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 7414 ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast); 7415 } 7416 } 7417 7418 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7419 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7420 7421 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7422 // ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be 7423 // represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed. 7424 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 7425 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 7426 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 7427 ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast); 7428 } else 7429 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) 7430 << EltTy; 7431 } else 7432 ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast); 7433 } 7434 else { 7435 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7436 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7437 // is the type of its initializing value: 7438 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 7439 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 7440 EltTy = Val->getType(); 7441 } 7442 } 7443 } 7444 } 7445 7446 if (!Val) { 7447 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 7448 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 7449 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 7450 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7451 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7452 // is the type of its initializing value: 7453 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 7454 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 7455 // 7456 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 7457 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 7458 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7459 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7460 } 7461 else { 7462 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 7463 } 7464 } else { 7465 // Assign the last value + 1. 7466 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7467 ++EnumVal; 7468 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 7469 7470 // Check for overflow on increment. 7471 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 7472 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7473 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7474 // is the type of its initializing value: 7475 // 7476 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 7477 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 7478 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 7479 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 7480 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 7481 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 7482 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 7483 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 7484 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 7485 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 7486 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7487 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 7488 ++EnumVal; 7489 if (Enum->isFixed()) 7490 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 7491 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 7492 << EnumVal.toString(10) 7493 << EltTy; 7494 else 7495 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 7496 << EnumVal.toString(10); 7497 } else { 7498 EltTy = T; 7499 } 7500 7501 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 7502 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 7503 // value, then increment. 7504 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7505 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 7506 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 7507 ++EnumVal; 7508 7509 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 7510 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 7511 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 7512 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 7513 // integral type. 7514 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 7515 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 7516 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7517 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 7518 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 7519 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 7520 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 7521 } 7522 } 7523 } 7524 7525 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 7526 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 7527 // enumerator's type. 7528 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 7529 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 7530 } 7531 7532 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 7533 Val, EnumVal); 7534} 7535 7536 7537Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 7538 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 7539 AttributeList *Attr, 7540 SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) { 7541 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 7542 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 7543 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 7544 Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); 7545 7546 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 7547 // we find one that is. 7548 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 7549 7550 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 7551 // scope. 7552 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 7553 ForRedeclaration); 7554 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7555 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7556 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 7557 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7558 PrevDecl = 0; 7559 } 7560 7561 if (PrevDecl) { 7562 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 7563 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 7564 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 7565 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 7566 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 7567 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 7568 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 7569 else 7570 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 7571 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7572 return 0; 7573 } 7574 } 7575 7576 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 7577 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 7578 // name different from T: 7579 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 7580 // type 7581 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 7582 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 7583 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 7584 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 7585 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 7586 7587 EnumConstantDecl *New = 7588 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 7589 7590 if (New) { 7591 // Process attributes. 7592 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 7593 7594 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 7595 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 7596 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 7597 } 7598 7599 return New; 7600} 7601 7602void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 7603 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 7604 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 7605 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 7606 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 7607 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 7608 7609 if (Attr) 7610 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 7611 7612 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 7613 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7614 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 7615 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7616 if (!ECD) continue; 7617 7618 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7619 } 7620 7621 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 7622 return; 7623 } 7624 7625 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 7626 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 7627 // emit a warning. 7628 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 7629 unsigned CharWidth = Context.Target.getCharWidth(); 7630 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.Target.getShortWidth(); 7631 7632 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 7633 // reverse the list. 7634 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 7635 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 7636 7637 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 7638 bool AllElementsInt = true; 7639 7640 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7641 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 7642 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7643 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 7644 7645 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 7646 7647 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 7648 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 7649 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 7650 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 7651 else 7652 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 7653 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 7654 7655 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 7656 if (AllElementsInt) 7657 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 7658 } 7659 7660 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 7661 QualType BestType; 7662 unsigned BestWidth; 7663 7664 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 7665 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 7666 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 7667 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 7668 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 7669 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 7670 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 7671 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 7672 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 7673 QualType BestPromotionType; 7674 7675 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 7676 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 7677 // enum definitions. 7678 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 7679 Packed = true; 7680 7681 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7682 BestType = BestPromotionType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7683 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 7684 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 7685 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 7686 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7687 } 7688 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 7689 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 7690 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 7691 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 7692 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 7693 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 7694 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7695 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 7696 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 7697 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 7698 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 7699 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 7700 BestType = Context.IntTy; 7701 BestWidth = IntWidth; 7702 } else { 7703 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); 7704 7705 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 7706 BestType = Context.LongTy; 7707 } else { 7708 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 7709 7710 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 7711 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 7712 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 7713 } 7714 } 7715 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 7716 } else { 7717 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 7718 // all of the enumerator values. 7719 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 7720 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 7721 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 7722 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 7723 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7724 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 7725 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 7726 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 7727 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 7728 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 7729 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 7730 BestWidth = IntWidth; 7731 BestPromotionType 7732 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7733 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 7734 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 7735 (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) { 7736 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 7737 BestPromotionType 7738 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7739 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 7740 } else { 7741 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 7742 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 7743 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 7744 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 7745 BestPromotionType 7746 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7747 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 7748 } 7749 } 7750 7751 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 7752 // the type of the enum if needed. 7753 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7754 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7755 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 7756 7757 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 7758 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 7759 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 7760 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 7761 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 7762 7763 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 7764 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 7765 7766 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 7767 // the enum decl type. 7768 QualType NewTy; 7769 unsigned NewWidth; 7770 bool NewSign; 7771 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7772 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 7773 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 7774 NewWidth = IntWidth; 7775 NewSign = true; 7776 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 7777 // Already the right type! 7778 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7779 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 7780 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 7781 // enumeration. 7782 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7783 continue; 7784 } else { 7785 NewTy = BestType; 7786 NewWidth = BestWidth; 7787 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerType(); 7788 } 7789 7790 // Adjust the APSInt value. 7791 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 7792 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 7793 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 7794 7795 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 7796 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 7797 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 7798 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 7799 CK_IntegralCast, 7800 ECD->getInitExpr(), 7801 /*base paths*/ 0, 7802 VK_RValue)); 7803 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7804 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 7805 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 7806 // enumeration. 7807 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7808 else 7809 ECD->setType(NewTy); 7810 } 7811 7812 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 7813 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 7814} 7815 7816Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *expr) { 7817 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 7818 7819 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 7820 Loc, AsmString); 7821 CurContext->addDecl(New); 7822 return New; 7823} 7824 7825void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 7826 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 7827 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 7828 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 7829 7830 if (PrevDecl) { 7831 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 7832 } else { 7833 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 7834 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 7835 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 7836 } 7837} 7838 7839void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 7840 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 7841 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 7842 SourceLocation NameLoc, 7843 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 7844 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 7845 LookupOrdinaryName); 7846 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 7847 7848 if (PrevDecl) { 7849 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 7850 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 7851 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 7852 } else { 7853 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 7854 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 7855 } 7856} 7857